You are on page 1of 212

HSPTA MALAPPURAM

PHYSOL 3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics

Question Bank
Physical World, Units and Measurement

Each question scores One


1 ----------------is the area of physics concerned with the motions of physical objects, more
specifically the relationships among force, matter, and motion.
Ans: Mechanics
2 -----------------is a branch of physics that deals with the study of mechanical waves in gases, liquids,
and solids ( including topics such as vibration, sound, ..etc)
Ans: Acoustics.
3 -----------------is a branch of physics that deals with heat, work, and temperature, and their relation
to energy, radiation, and physical properties of matter.
Ans: Thermodynamics.
4 -----------------is the branch of physics which deals with rapidly changing electric and magnetic
fields.
Ans: Electrodynamics.
5 -----------------is the branch of physics that studies the behaviour and properties of light, including
its interactions with matter and the construction of instruments that use or detect it.
Ans: Optics
6 Relativistic mechanics and Quantum mechanics includes in -------------(Classical Physics/Modern
Physics).
Ans: Modern Physics.
7 -------------refers to mechanics compatible with special relativity (SR) and general relativity (GR).
Ans: Relativistic Mechanics.
8 -------------deals with physical properties of atomic and Sub atomic particles.
Ans: Quantum mechanics.
9 List the fundamental forces in nature.
Ans:
(i)Strong nuclear force (ii) weak nuclear force
(iii)Gravitation force (iv) electromagnetic force
10 Which is the strongest force among fundamental forces?
Ans: Strong nuclear force
11 The weakest force in nature
(i)Strong nuclear force (ii) weak nuclear force
(iii)Gravitation force (iv) electromagnetic force
Ans: Gravitation force
12 The dimensional formula of force is ................
Ans : [ M1L1T-2]
13 Give two dimensionless quantities.
Ans: Strain, Refractive Index

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


14 Define one radian.
15 “All constants are dimensionless”. Do you agree the statement?
16 Pick out the odd one
(a)Kilogram (b) second (c) ampere (d)candela (e) impulse
17 Find the odd one: (mass, luminous intensity, charge, temperature)
Ans: Charge.
18 1 fermi (femto meter) (fm) = --------------m.
Ans:10-15m
19 Find the odd one: (Kilogram, second, ampere, candela, newton.)
Ans: newton.
20 1 angstrom (A0) = ------------m.
Ans:10-10 m
21 Which is the largest practical unit of length (distance used in astronomy)?
Ans: Parallactic second or Par second (Par sec).
22 1 Astronomical Unit (AU) = -----------m
Ans:1 Astronomical Unit (AU) = 1.496x1011 m
23 1 light year (ly) = -------------m
Ans:1 light year (ly) = 9.46x1015 m
24 1 par second (parallactic second) or par sec = ------m
Ans:1 par second (parallactic second) or par sec = 3.08x1016 m
25 The powers to which the fundamental quantity must be raised to get a Physical quantity are called
---------of that quantity.
Ans: Dimensions.
26 State true or false: “ A quantity have dimensions but still has no units”
Ans: False.
27 “If an equation is correct all the terms will have the same dimension”. This is the ----
(a) Principle of moments.
(b) Principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
(c) Principle of continuity.
(d) Principle of Bernaulli
Ans:(b) Principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
28 1 micron = ----------m
Ans:1 micron = 10-6 m
29 hertz is the unit of ---------------
Ans: Frequency
30 1 amu (atomic mass unit) = -----kg
Ans:1 amu = 1.66 x 10 -27 kg
31 Which of the following equations can’t be obtained by the dimensional method?

(a) T =k
Ans: (b)

l
g
(b) N =N 0 e

N =N 0 e(− λ t )
(− λ t )
(c) E=kmv
2
(d) P=h ρ g

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


32 a)Pick out the odd one in the given pairs.
i) Angular velocity and frequency.
ii) Work and energy.
iii) Angle and strain.
iv) Impulse and momentum.
Ans: Angle and Strain
33 Light year is the unit of ........…
i) time ii)length iii) year iv)velocity
Ans: Length.
34 kilowatt-hour is the unit of......…
i) energy ii)power iii)time iv)mass
Ans: Energy.
35 Pick out the fundamental unit from the following:
(Second, m/s, Newton, Joule)
Ans: second.
36 Select a true statement from the following:
a) Year and light year have the same dimensions.
b) Intensity of gravitational field has same dimensions as that of acceleration.
c) One angstrom is the mean distance between sun and earth.
d) parsec is a unit of time.
Ans: b) Intensity of gravitational field has same dimensions as that of acceleration.
37 If the universe were shrunk to the size of earth,how large earth would the earth be on this scale?
Ans: 10-11m (size of an atom)
38 Which is the most accurate clock?
Ans: Caesium clock. It may differ by 1 sec after running for 5000 years.
39 The smallest mass measured indirectly so far is .....
Ans: Mass of an electron. 10-30 Kg.
40 The smallest distance measured indirectly so far is .....
Ans: Radius of proton . 10-15m.
41 The shortest time interval measured indirectly so far is .....
Ans: Time taken by light to cross a distance of nuclear size.10-22 sec
42 Name the technique used for measuring large time intervals.
Ans: Radio carbon dating.
43 Method used to measure distant objects is called .........
Ans: Parallax method.
44 1 Parsec= .......light years.
Sol: 3.26 Light year
45 What is the number of significant figures in 0.06070m?
Ans: 4
46 What is the number of significant figures in 0.0003cm?
Ans: 1
47 What is the number of significant figures in 201m?
Ans: 3
48 What is the number of significant figures in 2.1 x 10-3?
Ans: 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


49 What is the number of significant figures in 3.0800?
Ans: 5
50 What is the number of significant figures in 1200m?
Ans: 2
51 What is the number of significant figures in 2.303cm?
Ans: 4
52 What is the number of significant figures in 2.303x10-2m?
Ans: 4
53 What is the number of significant figures in .02303m?
Ans: 4
54 Area of square is (100±2) cm2. Find its side.
Ans: (10±1) cm2
55 Find the percentage error in kinetic energy, if the percentage error in mass is 2% and that of
velocity is 3%.
Sol: %c change in KE = 2% + 2x3% = 8%.
56 The radius of a circle is 0.51cm. Calculate the area with proper significant figures.
Sol: 0.82cm2
57 What is meant by error in a measurement?
Sol: It is the difference between true value and observed value.

Each question scores Two


1 Explain briefly the two domains of Physics.

Ans: In Physics, there are two domains of interest macroscopic and microscopic. Macroscopic
domain: It includes phenomena at the laboratory, terrestrial and astronomical scales. Microscopic
domain: It includes atomic, molecular and nuclear phenomena.
2 a) What do you mean by dimensions of a physical quantity?
b) Give the dimensions of the following quantities.
i) Momentum ii) Force
Ans: (a)The dimensions of a physical quantity are the powers to which the fundamental quantity
must be raised to get that quantity.
(b) i) Momentum --> [M1L1T-1]
ii) Force --> [ M1L1T-2]
3 Give four pairs of physical quantities having the same dimensions.
Ans:
1. Momentum and Impulse.
2. Work, energy , Torque
3. Angular momentum and Planck’s constant
4. Pressure and Stress
4 Give four examples for dimensionless physical quantities.
Ans: . 1. Angle (Plane angle)
2. Solid angle.
3. Strain
4. Relative density.
5 Give two examples for dimensionless unit less physical quantities.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: 1. Relative density.
2. Coefficient of friction
6 Give four examples for the Physical constants having dimensions.
Ans: 1. Gravitational constant (G) [M-1L3T-2]
2. Planck’s Constant (h) [ML2T-1]
3. Universal gas constant (R) [ML2T-2K-1mol-1]
4. Force Constant (k) [MT-2]
7 Give two examples for dimensionless physical constants.
Ans: 1) Relative permittivity (or Dielectric constants).
2) Relative permeability.
3) Refractive index.
8 Can a quantity have units but still be dimensionless? Justify your answer.
Ans: Yes. A quantity having units may be dimensionless. For example , the quantity ‘angle’ has no
dimension but it has the unit ‘radian’.
9 What are the uses of dimensional analysis (method) ?
Ans: a) To check the correctness of an equation.
b) To derive a relation for a physical quantity.
c) To convert a unit from one system into another.
10 A student was asked to write the equation for displacement at any instant in a simple harmonic
motion of amplitude ‘a’. He wrote the equation as
2π v
y=a sin t
k
Where ‘v’ is the velocity at instant’t’. For the equation to be dimensionally correct, what should
be the dimensions of k?
Ans: Dimension of [k] = Dimension of [vt]
= [L1T-1 T1]
= [L1]
11 All physical quantities can be expressed in terms of dimension.Write the physical quantities of the
following dimensions
1 1 -1 1 2 -2
i) M L T ii) M L T
Ans: i) momentum or impulse.
ii) work or energy or torque.
12 Fv 2
A physical quantity is given by h= where ‘F’ is the force, ‘v’ is the velocity and ‘L’ is the
L
angular momentum. Find the dimension of ‘h’.
2
[ F][ v ]
Ans: Dimension of h, [h]=
[ L]
−2 −1 2
MLT ( LT )
= 2 −1
ML T
−2 2 −2
MLT L T
=
ML2 T −1

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


0 1 -3
There fore dimension of h = [M L T ]
13 Using the principle of homogeneity of equations, check whether the equation is correct.

T-time,
T =2 π
√g
l
g-acceleration due to gravity l-is the length of the pendulum
1
Ans: Dimension of [T] = [T ]

√ √
1 −2 -1
g L T
Dimension of = 1 =[T ]
l L
Dimension of LHS not equal to Dimension of RHS. Thus the equation is wrong.
14 Check whether the equation mv2 = mgh is dimensionally consistent. Based on the above equation
justify the following statement. “A dimensionally correct equation need not be actually an exact
equation”
Ans:The equation mv2 = mgh is dimensionally consistent.
1 2
But the exact equation is m v = mgh.
2
Thus the given statement is correct. A dimensionally correct equation need not be physically
true.
15 Mention any four limitations of dimensional analysis.
Ans:
1. The method does not give any information about the dimensionless constant K.
2. It fails when a physical quantity depends on more than three physical quantities.
3. It fails when a physical quantity is the sum or difference of two or more quantities.
4. It fails to derive the equations involving trignometric, logarithmic and exponential functions.
16 Differentiate between plane angle and solid angle.
17 Which are the fundamental forces in nature?
18 List any two physical quantities having same dimension.
Ans: Momentum & Impulse
19 Write two limitations of dimensional analysis.
Ans:
This method does not tell us how to determine the proportionality constant value.
A formula containing trigonometric function, exponential function, and logarithmic function can
not derive from it.
20 Give the dimensional formula of the following quantities
a) energy-
b) momentum
Ans:
a) M 1 L2 T −2
b) M 1 L1 T −1
21 Differentiate between macroscopic domain and microscopic domain in physics.
22 Write the full form of MKS and FPS systems.
23 If radius of earth is reduced by 4% of its original with out change in mass. Find the percentage
change in acceleration due to gravity?
Ans: g=GM/r2
r is reduced by 4% ,then percentage change in g = 2x4% = 8%.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


24 An experiment measures quantities a,b,c and x is calculated from x= ab2/c3. If the percentage errors
in a,b,c are 1%,3%and 2% respectively. Find the percentage error in x.
Sol: x=ab2/c3
percentage error in x = 1x1% +2x3%+ 3x2%
= 1%+ 6% + 6%
= 13%.
25 Complete following calculations in correct number of significant figures
a) 2.345 + 9.84 =
b) 1.35 × 5.4 =
c) 72.4 – 5.234 =
Ans
a) 12.18
b) 7.3
c) 67.2
26 Each side of a cube is measured to be 7.203 m. What are the total surface area and the volume of
the cube to appropriate significant figures?
27 The temperatures of two bodies measured by a thermometer are t 1 = 20 0 C ± 0.5 0C and t2 = 50 0C
± 0.5 0C. Calculate the temperature difference and the error their in.

Each question scores Three


1 Match the following
Coefficient of viscosity Force/area x number [ML-1T-2]
Gravitational constant Force/area x velocity gradient [ML-1T-1]
Modulus of elasticity Force x (distance)2/(mass)2 [M-1L3T-2]
Ans:
Coefficient of viscosity Force/area x velocity gradient [ML-1T-1]
Gravitational constant Force x (distance)2/(mass)2 [M-1L3T-2]
Modulus of elasticity Force/area x number [ML-1T-2]
2 Mechanical power is represented by P = Fv + Av3ρ.
Where F is the force , v is the velocity, A is the area and ρ is the density.
a) The dimensional formula of power is -------.
b) Check the dimensional validity of the above equation.
Ans: a) The dimensional formula for power is [ML2T-3]
b)[P] = [ML2T-3]
[Fv] = MLT-2 x LT-1 =[ML2T-3]
[Av3ρ] =[L2 (LT-1)3]=[ML-3]= [L2 L3T-3ML-3]= [ML2T-3]
All the terms have the same dimension. Therefore the equation is correct.
3 Give examples for following:
a) A dimensionless unit less physical quantity.
b) A dimensionless physical quantity but having unit in SI system.
c) Two physical quantities which have the same dimensions.
Ans: a) Strain.
b) Angle.
c) Work and Energy.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


4 Check whether the equation

T =2 π
Where
√ m
g
is dimensionally correct.
T is the time period
m is the mass of the bob
g is the acceleration due to gravity.

Ans: Given T =2 π
√m
g
There fore
0 0 2
T 2=4 π 2 (
m
g
)

Dimension of LHS , [T2] = M L T


m M1
Dimension of [RHS], =
g L1 T − 2
1 -1 2
= [M L T ]
Dimension of LHS and RHS are not equal. Thus according to principle of homogeneity the
equation is wrong.
5 The correctness of equations can be checked using the principle of homogeneity.
a) State the principle of homogeneity.
b) Using this principle, check whether the following equation is dimensionally correct.
1 2
m v = mgh
2
Where m is the mass of the body, v is its velocity, g is the acceleration due to gravity and h is
the height.
Ans; a) It states that “ If an equation is correct all the terms will have the same dimension”.
2 1 1 -1 2
b) Dimension of [mv ] = M (L T )
1 2 -2
= [M L T ]
1 1 -2 1
Dimension of [mgh] = [M L T L ]
1 2 -2
= [M L T ]
Both the terms have the same dimension. There fore by the principle of homogeneity the equation
is correct.
6 The centripetal force on a body depends on mass of the body , velocity and radius of circular path.
Find the expression for centripetal force acting on the body by using principle of dimensional
analysis. (Take constant k = 1)
Ans: Centripetal force F α ma vb rc
ie.,F = k ma vb rc --------(1)
Taking dimensions M1L1T-2 = (M1)a (L1T-1)b (L1)c
M1L1T-2 =Ma LbT-b Lc
M1L1T-2 = Ma Lb+c T-b
Equating dimensions on both sides
a=1 b =2 c = -1 also given k=1
mv 2
Thus equation (1) becomes F=
r

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


7 “ Velocity can not be added to temperature”
a)This is in accordance with which law of physics?
b)Check the dimensional correctness of the equation PV =Fx where P is the pressure ,V is the
volume, F is the force and x is the displacement.
Ans: a) Principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
-1 -2 3
b) Dimension of LHS [PV] = ML T L
2 -2
= ML T
1 -2 1
Dimens ion of RHS [Fx] = ML T L
2 -2
= ML T
ie. Dimension of LHS = Dimension of RHS
Thus the equation is correct.
8 Pair the physical quantities according to their dimensions
a. Energy b. Pressure c. Momentum d. Work e. Energy density f. impulse
9 Check the correctness of given equation using the method of dimensions
a) F=ma where F is force, m-mass, a -acceleration
b) v=u+at where v-final velocity, u- initial velocity a-acceleration, t-time
10 1 2
One student doubts the expression for kinetic energy as K . E=mv 3 or K . E= m v how can
2
you help him with the method of dimension.

11 A company manufacturing PVC pipes claims in an advertisement that the volume of water flowing out
2
through the pipe in a given time as per the equation V =KA ut where A is the area of cross section of
the pipe, u is the speed of flow, t is the time and K is a dimensionless constant.
a) Name and State the principle that can be used to check the dimensional correctness of this
equation.
b) Check the equation and state whether the claim can be correct.
Ans: a)The principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
It states that “ If an equation is correct all the terms will have the same dimension”
3
(b)[V] = L
2 22 -1 1 4 -1 1 5
[A ut] = (L ) LT T = L LT T =L
2
Dimension of [V] is not equal to the dimension of [A ut].
The equation is not correct . That is the claim cannot be correct.

12 If dimension of young modulus is [ML-1T-2], test by method of dimensions the correctness of the
equation
3
Mg l
δ= 3
where δ is the depression at middle of a beam of length l, breadth b, and thickness d.
4 bd Y
and M is the mass It is placed over two knife edge symmetrically and loaded at the middle by a
weight W.
Ans: Applying the principle of homogeneity
[M ][ g][l]3
[δ]= 3
and [Y] is given [ML-1T-2]
4 [b ][d ] [Y ]
δ is depression so its dimension is [L]

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


−2 3
[ M ][L T ][ L]
[δ ]= 3 −1 −2 by solving we get the result [L] which is the dimension of δ
4 [L][ L] [ M L T ]

13 The correctness of an equation is checked using the principle of homogeneity for an equation
X= a + bt +ct2 , where ‘X’ is in meter and t in second. What will be the dimension of a,b and c?
Ans: According to the principle of homogeneity
[X]= [a] + [bt] +[ct2]
[X]= [a]=[L]
[X ] [ L] −1
[X] =[bt] which means [b]= = =L T [b]=[LT-1]
[t] [T ]

[ X ] [ L] −2
[X] =[ct2] which means [c]= 2
= 2 =LT [c]=[LT-2]
[t ] [T ]
14 State the Principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
Find the dimensions of each terms in the equations given below and check whether the
equations obeys the above principle.
i) S= ut + 1/2 at2
ii) v2 = u2 + 2as
Where u--> initial velocity. v--> final velocity
a--> acceleration S--> displacement t--> time
Ans: (a)It states that “ If an equation is correct all the terms will have the same dimension”
2
(b) (i) S= ut + 1/2 at
1
Dimension of [s] = L
1 -1 1 1
Dimension of [ut] = L T T = L
2 1 -2 2 1
Dimension of [ at ] = L T T = L
All the terms have the same dimensions. Thus the equation obeys the principle of
homogeneity of dimensions.
(ii) V2 = u2 + 2as
Dimension of [V2] = (L1T-1)2 = L2T-2
Dimension of [u2] = (L1T-1)2 = L2T-2
Dimension of [as] = L1T-2 L1 = L2T-2
All the terms have the same dimensions. Thus the equation obeys the principle of
homogeneity of dimensions.
15 The correctness of equation can be checked using the principle of homogeneity in dimensions.
(a) State the principle of homogeneity,

(b) Using this principle, check whether the equation is dimensionally correct, f =2 π
where f-frequency, l - length and g-acceleration due to gravity.
√ l
g

2
(c) The velocity V of a particle depends on time 't' as V = At + Bt.
Find the dimensions and units of A and B
Ans: a) It states that “ If an equation is correct all the terms will have the same dimension”
b) Dimension of f = T-1

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


√ √
1
l L
Dimension of = 1 −2
g L T
= T √ 2

= T1
Dimension of LHS not equal to RHS. There fore the equation is wrong.
c) Dimension of A = L1T-3 unit of A = ms-3
Dimension of B = L1T-2 unit of B = ms-2

16 A physical quantity can be expressed in term of dimension


a) Write the physical quantities of the following dimensions?
i)[M1L1T-2.] ii)[M1L2T-2]

b) Check whether the equation T=2 π



Ttime period of simple pendulum
m
g
is dimensionally correct?

mmass of the bob


gacceleration due to gravity
17 A boy recalls the relativistic Equation for mass almost correctly but forgets to put the constant
m0
‘c’.velocity of light . m= Guess where to put the missing c using dimensional formula
√(1−v 2)
analysis.
a)
m0
Ans: m= By applying the principle of homogeneity
√ (1−v 2
)

[m0 ]
[m]= since m and m0 having the same dimension the denominator term the equation
√(1−[v 2 ])
√(1−v 2) must be dimensionless so in order to make it dimensionless

√ √
2 2
v [v ]
c2 must be put as follows (1− 2
) so (1− 2 )
c [c]
[v]=[LT-1] and [c]=[LT-1] so cancel and become dimensionless
so the equation to be corrected as follows
[m0 ]
[m]=


2
[v ]
(1− 2 )
[c ]

18 a
(P+ 2
)(V −b)=RT
V
P is the Pressure, V is the volume, R is the Universal as constant, T absolute temperature
Find the dimension of ‘a’ and ‘b’

Ans: (V-b) = [L3] so b must be a volume(by homogenity principal)


so [b] = [L3]

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


a a
P+ 2
so 2
must be pressure
V V
a 1 −1 −2
3 2
=M L T
(L )
[a]= M 1 L5 T −2

19 The observed readings in an experiment are 2.63 s, 2.56 s, 2.42 s, 2.71 s and 2.80s.Calculate
absolute error and % error

Ans:

20 a
If x = ; Find the % error in x
b
(% error in a = 1 % and % error in b is 3 %)
Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


21 a3 b2
An equation is given as P= 4 Find the percentage error in P, if percentage errors in a,b and c are 2%,3%,
c
and 5% respectively

Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics
Question Bank
CHAPTER 3- MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE

Each question scores One


1 If an object moves in a straight line , it is called as ----------dimensional motion.
Ans: One dimensional Motion.
2 If an object moves in a plane , it is called as ----------------dimensional motion.
Ans: Two dimensional motion.
3 If an object moves in a space, it is called as ----------dimensional motion.
Ans: Three dimensional motion.
4 For a moving body distance is always -------------------
a) equal to displacement.

b) less than displacement.

c) greater than or equal to displacement.

d) less than or equal to displacement.

Ans: c) Greater than or equal to displacement.


5 The ratio of distance to displacement of a moving body is always -------
a) =1

b) >1

c) <1

d) ≥1

Ans: d) ≥ 1
6 For a moving body Speed is always -------------------
a) equal to velocity.

b) less than velocity.

c) greater than or equal to velocity.

d) less than or equal to velocity.

Ans: c) greater than or equal to velocity.


7 The ratio of speed to velocity of a moving body is always -------

a) =1

b) >1

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


c) <1

d) ≥1

Ans: d) ≥ 1
8 What does the speedometer of the car measure?

Ans: Instantaneous speed.


9 Give the expression for distance covered in ‘n’th second by a body moving with uniform
acceleration.
Ans: Distance covered in ‘n’th second
a 1
S nth =u+( 2n−1) OR S nth=u+(n− ) a
2 2
10 Define acceleration due to gravity(g).

Ans: The uniform acceleration produced on a freely falling body is called acceleration due to
gravity.
11 The slope of position – time graph of a particle gives.........
(Acceleration ,Displacement ,Velocity,Momentum )

Ans: Velocity
12 The area under the velocity -time graph gives --------------
(Displacement ,Velocity ,Acceleration ,None of the these)
Ans:Displacement
13 Four pairs of initial and final positions of a body along an x axis are given. Which pair gives a
positive displacement of the body ?
(a) –10 m, +15 m (b) –5 m, –12 m

(c) 2 m, –5 m (d) 2 m, 1m

Ans: (a) –10 m, +15 m


14 Acceleration is the time rate of change of velocity. Give an example of a body possessing zero
velocity and still accelerating.
Ans: If a body is thrown up , at the highest point the velocity is zero but there is an acceleration
downwards.
15 Position (r) - time (t) graphs of two objects A and B are shown below. At what time the objects
meet?

Ans: 3 s.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


16 An ant moving over an apple comes under ............dimensional motion

Ans: Two
17 An object travel towards east for 6m, then move towrds north for 8m. Find its distance and
displacement

Ans : Distance 14m., Displacement 10m.


18 Area under acceleration -time graph is...........?
a) Displacement.
b) Force.
c) Change in velocity.
d) Retardation.

Ans:c) Change in velocity


19 From a height an object A thrown up with a speed 40m/s and other object B thrown downwards
with same speed. Which one will reach the ground with more speed?
a) B
b) A
c) Same speed
d) We can't say.

Ans: c) Same speed


20 Write an example for a body moving with constant speed and variable velocity?
Ans: Circular motion
21 A boy starts from a point A, travels to a point B at a distance of 1.5 km and returns to A. If he takes
one hour to do so, his average velocity is
(a) 3 km/h
(b) zero
(c) 1.5 km/h
(d) 2 km/h

Ans :( b) Zero
22 What is instantaneous velocity?
Ans :
Velocity of a body at any particular instant is a called instantaneous velocity
OR
It is the rate of change of position at that instant.
dx Δx
v = = lim
dt Δ t →0 Δ t
23 What does the speedometer of the car shows?
Ans : Instantaneous Velocity
24 What is instantaneous speed?

Ans :Instantaneous speed is the magnitude of instantaneous velocity.


25 A boy drops a ball through the window of a train, which is moving with the uniform velocity .What
is the path of the ball viewed by another boy standing on the plat form
Ans : Parabola

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Each question scores Two
1 State in the following cases whether the motion is one , two or three dimensions.
a) A butterfly flying around a flower.
b) A bus moving along a long and straight road.
Ans: (a)Three dimensional motion.
(b)One dimensional motion.
2 Draw the position time graph for -
a) State of rest
b) State of motion
Ans: a) State of rest

b) State of Motion

3 What are the differences between distance and displacement ?


Ans:
DISTANCE DISPLACEMENT
Actual length of the path Shortest distance from initial position to final position.
Scalar Vector
Always positive Can be positive ,zero and negative
4 In the figure the point ‘P’ on a wheel of radius ‘R’ is in contact with the ground . What is the
distance and displacement of the point ‘P’ wheel rolls a half revolution?

Ans:
P’
2R

P πR

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Distance=πR

√ 2
Displacement = PP '= ( π R )+(2 R ) = R π +4
2
√ 2

5 A car is moving along the circumference of a circle of radius ‘r’.


a) What is the distance travelled in one revolution?

b) What is the displacement in one revolution?

Ans:a) Distance travelled in one revolution = 2πr

b) Displacement in one revolution = zero.


6 Look at the graph in fig. (a) and fig.(b) carefully and state which of these can’t possible represent
one-dimensional motion with reasons

Ans: Both the graphs do not represent one dimensional motion.


Because for a moving body two positions at the same time is impossible.
7 Graph representing the motion of two bodies are shown below.. State with reason whether it can
represent one-dimensional motion.

Ans:
i) Can not represent one dimensional motion. Because velocity can not have two values at the same
time.
ii) Can not represent one dimensional motion. Because path length can not be decreased with
time.

8 Mention the differences between Speed and Velocity.


Ans:
SPEED VELOCITY
The rate of change of distance. The rate of change of displacement.
Scalar Vector
Always positive. Can be positive , zero or negative.
9 Distinguish between the average speed and average velocity.

Ans: Average speed: It is the ratio of total distance travelled to the total time taken.
Average velocity: It is the ratio of total displacement travelled to the total time taken.
10 Distinguish between instantaneous speed and instantaneous velocity.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


dx
Ans: Instantaneous speed: The speed at any instant. V i=
dt

dx
Instantaneous velocity: The velocity at any instant. V⃗ i=
dt
11 What is the condition for positive and negative acceleration?

Ans:
Positive Acceleration:If the velocity of the body increases with time then its acceleration is positive.
Negative acceleration (Deceleration OR Retardation): If the velocity of the body decreases with
time then its acceleration is negative.

12 Give example for positive and negative acceleration.

Ans: Example for Positive acceleration: A bus starting from rest.


Example for Negative acceleration : A bus coming to rest after applying breaks.
13 What do you mean by deceleration or retardation? Give example.

Ans: If the velocity of a body decreases with time then the acceleration is negative. This negative
acceleration is called deceleration or retardation.
Example: A bus coming to rest.
14 Show that the slope of position-time graph gives velocity.

Ans: The slope is given by Slope=tan θ


Δx
=
Δt
= velocity.
That is the slope of position time graph gives the Velocity.
15 Draw the velocity-time graph for an object in uniform motion. Show that area under the velocity –
time graph gives displacement.

Ans: From the graph


Area under the graph =vxt
= Displacement.

That is the area under the Velocity – time graph represents the displacement.
16 Draw the velocity -time graph for uniformly accelerated motion. Show that the slope of velocity-
time graph gives acceleration.

Ans: The slope of the graph = tan θ

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


ΔV
=
Δt
= acceleration
That is the slope of velocity-time graph gives the acceleration of the body.

17 Show that area under the velocity-time graph of an object moving with constant acceleration in a
straight line in certain time interval is equal to the distance covered by the object in that interval.

Ans: Area under the velocity-time graph =


Area of trapezium OABD
1 B
= (OA+ BD)×OD
2
1 A
= (u+ v)×t
2
= Average velocity x time interval
= Distance travelled.

18 The position - time graph of two objects A and B are shown below.
(a) Which body has greater velocity?

(b) Find the ratio of velocities of A and B.

Ans: a) Body A.[The slope of position time graph gives the velocity. Higher the slope greater the
velocity]
V A Slope of A
b) Ratio of velocities =
V B Slope of B
V A tan 60
=
V B tan 30

VA
=
√3
V B 1/ √3

=3

19 A car travelling at a speed 54 km/hr is brought to rest in the 90s. Find the distance travelled by car
before coming to rest.
Ans: The initial velocity(u) of the car is =54km/hr = 15m/s
The final velocity(v) of the car is = 0 m/s
The time taken(t) by the car to come to rest = 90 seconds
We must find the acceleration(a) and displacement(s) covered by the car
From v= u+at .we find acceleration of the car .
By substituting in the equation we get

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


0 = 15 + a(90)
a = - 15/90
a = -1/6 m/s²
The displacement of the car is given by
v²-u² = 2as
0²-15² = 2 x (-1/6)s
225 = (1/3)s
s= 225x3 =675 m.
20 Position of an object moving along X axis is given by x= a t 2 where a=8.5 m/s2 and t is the time in
s. What is the velocity at t=2s.
Ans:
2
dx dt
v = =a =a.2 . t
dt dt
v =8.5(2 t)=17 t
when t=2s , v =17×2=34 m/s

Each question scores Three


1 A particle moves along a circle of radius ‘R’. It starts from ‘A’ and moves in clockwise direction.
Calculate the distance and displacement of the particle in each case.
B
a) From ‘A’ to ‘C’

b) From ‘A’ to ‘B’

c) In one complete revolution. A C

Ans: a) From ‘A’ to ‘C’


Distance = πR (2πR /2 )

Displacement = 2R

b) From ‘A’ to ‘B’

2π R π R
Distance = =
4 2

Displacement = √R2 + R2=√2 R2= √2 R


c) For one complete revolution

Distance =2πR Displacement =0

2 A car travels from A to B at 60 km/hr and returns to A at 90 km/hr. What is its average velocity and
average speed?
Ans: Average velocity = 0 (because total displacement =0)

Total distance
Average speed=
Total time
S+S
=
t 1 +t 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2S
=
S S
+
V 1 V2
2V 1 V 2
=
V 1+V 2
2 x 60 x 90
= =72 km/hr
150
3 Velocity is defined as the rate of change of displacement.
a) Distinguish between average velocity and instantaneous velocity.

b) When does the average velocity becomes equal to the instantaneous velocity?

Ans: a) Average velocity: It is the ratio of total displacement travelled to the total time taken.

dx
Instantaneous velocity: The velocity at any instant. V⃗ i=
dt
b) When the velocity is uniform or constant.
4 Write the equations of motion for a freely falling body.
Ans: For a freely falling body u=0 and a=g

There fore v=gt


1
S= g t 2
2
2
v =2 gS
g 1
S nth=(2n−1) OR S nth=(n− ) g
2 2
5 A body falling under the effect of gravity is said to be in free fall.
a. Draw the velocity-time graph for a freely falling object.
b. Define uniform acceleration.
c. From the given figures, identify the figure which represents uniformly accelerated motion.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: (a)

(b) If a body travels with equal change in velocity in equal intervals of time then it is said to be in
uniform acceleration.

(c) Fig 3

6 Position – time graph of a body is given.

a)Estimate the velocity during the time interval t = 2s to t = 3s.


b)Displacement of an object is proportional to t 3 . Show that its acceleration is increasing with
time.

Ans: a)Velocity during the time interval t = 2s to t = 3s.


Δ x 30−10 20
v= = = =20 m/ s .
Δt 3−2 1
3
b) Given S α t
ds 2
velocity v = =3 t
dt
dv
acceleration a= =6 t
dt
Thus acceleration a α t
That is acceleration increases with time.

7 Acceleration – time graph of a body starts from rest as shown below:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


a)What is the use of the acceleration-time graph?
b)Draw the velocity – time graph using the above graph.
c)Find the displacement in the given interval of time from 0 to 3 seconds.

Ans: a) Uses of acceleration-time graph:


(i) To find acceleration at any instant.
(ii) To find velocity.
b)
V
12

t
0 3 6

c) Displacement = Area under the graph.


1
= x 12 x 3=18 m .
2
8 When breaks are applied on a moving vehicle, it stops after travelling a distance. This distance is
called stopping distance.

a) Derive an expression for stopping distance in terms of initial velocity (u) and retardation (a).
b) If the initial speed is doubled keeping the retardation same, by how much will the stopping
distance change?
Ans:
2 2
a) By the equation of motion, v =u +2as
Here v=0 a=-a retardation , S--> Stopping distances
2
Therefore 0=u −2 as
2
u
Stopping distance S=
2a
2
u
b) Stopping distance S=
2a
( 2u)2 4 u2
If u = 2u, then S '= = =4 S
2a 2a
That is Stopping distance becomes four times.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


9 Two Parallel rail tracks run north-south. Train A moves north with a speed of 54km/h and train B
moves south with a speed of 90km/h. What is the velocity of B with respect to A
Ans:
South North

Choose positive direction of X axis to be from south to north


VA= 54km/h = 15m/s
VB= -90km/h = -25m/s
VBA = VB-VA = -25 -15 = -40m/s
Which means train B appears to A as moving with a speed of 40m/s from north to south

Each question scores Four


1 Figure given below shows the motion of a school bus starting from the point ‘O’ and travels along a
straight line.

a) Complete the following table:

b) Is the motion of the bus uniform or non-uniform? Justify your answer.


c) Draw the position – time graph of the above motion.
d) A student in the school bus notices the speedometer of the bus. Which type of speed is
shown by the speedometer?
Ans: (a)
Time Taken Displacement from ‘O’ Velocity
2s 10-0=10m 5 m/s
10 s 50 m 5 m/s

b) Uniform motion. Bus travels equal displacements in equal intervals of time.

c)

d) Instantaneous speed.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2 A man walks on a straight road from his home to a market 2.5 km away with a speed of 5 km/h .
Finding market closed he instantly turns and walks back home with a speed of 7.5 km/h.
a) How long does the man take to reach the market from his home?

b) Calculate the time taken to return back to home from the market.

c) Find the average speed and magnitude of average velocity.

distance
Ans: a) time=
speed
2.5
=
5
1
= hour
2
=30 minutes.
distance
b) time=
speed
2.5
=
7.5
1
= hour
3
=20 minutes.
total distance
c) Average speed =
total time
Total distance = 5 km.
1 1 5
total time= + = hour
2 3 6
5
Average speed= = 6 kmph.
5 /6
Average velocity =0. (Because total displacement =0).
3 Velocity-time graph of a ball thrown vertically upwards with an initial velocity is shown in figure.

(a) What is the magnitude of initial velocity of the ball ?


(b) Calculate the distance travelled by the ball during 20 s, from the graph.

(c) Calculate the acceleration of the ball from the graph.

Ans: a)Magnitude of initial velocity = 100m/s.


b) Distance = Area under the graph.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1
= 2× bh
2
1
= 2× 10×100 = 1000m.
2
c) Acceleration a = Slope of the graph.
−100
a=
10
a=-10 m/s2

4 The velocity - time graph of an object is given below.

Ans: (a) Displacement.

(b)Second equation of motion OR Displacement time relation:

A D

From the graph


Displacement S = Area under the graph AB
= Area of rectangle OADE + Area of triangle ADB
1
= OA×OE + DB× AD
2
1
= u×t + (v−u)×t
2
1
= ut + at×t
2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1
S=u t + at2
2
This is the displacement – time relation.

5 An object moving along a straight line covers equal distances in equal intervals of time, it is said to
be in uniform motion along a straight line.
a) The position - time graph of an object in uniform motion is...........
i) a straight line parallel to the time axis.
ii) a straight line parallel to the position axis.
iii) a straight line inclined to the time axis.
iv) a parabola.

1 2
b)Derive the relation S=ut + at for uniformly accelerated motion with the help of
2
velocity-time graph.

c)Which of the following statements is/are TRUE?


i) An object with constant velocity has always constant speed.
ii) An object with constant speed has always constant velocity.
iii) An object with zero velocity has always zero acceleration.
iv) An object with zero acceleration has always zero velocity

Ans: a) iii) a straight line inclined to the time axis.


b) Second equation of motion OR Displacement time relation:
From the graph
Displacement S = Area under the graph AB

A D

= Area of rectangle OADE + Area of triangle ADB


1
= OA×OE + DB× AD
2
1
= u×t + (v−u)×t
2
1
= ut + at×t
2
1
S=u t + at2
2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


This is the displacement – time relation.

c) i) An object with constant velocity has always constant speed.


6 Velocity – time graph of a body is given below.

a) Which portion of the graph represents uniform retardation?


(i) OA (ii)AB (iii) BC (iv) OC
b) Find the displacement in time 2s to 7s.
c) A stone is dropped from a height h. Arrive at an expression for the time taken to reach the
ground.

Ans: a) BC
b) Displacement = Area under the line AB(from 2s to 7s);
= 6 x 5 =30 m.
1 2
c) We have S=ut + at
2
Here S=-h u=0 a=-g
−1 2
−h=0+ gt
2
2 2h
t =
g
Therefore t=
√ 2h
g
7 Velocity – time graph of an object is given below.
a)What type of motion is indicated by the above graph?
b)Derive a relation connecting the displacement and time for this type of motion.
c)The ratio of velocity to speed of an object is....................
i. One
ii. Greater than one
iii. Less than one
iv. Either less than one or equal to one.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: a)Uniformly accelerated motion.
1
b)Displacement-time relation: S=ut + at2
2
Let S--> Displacement u-->initial velocity v--> final velocity a-->acceleration t-->time.
Total displacement
We have Average velocity=
Time
S
V av =
t
v+u
Also V av =
2
s v+u
Therefore =
t 2
(v +u)t
S=
2
(u+ at+u)t
S=
2
(2u+at)t
S=
2
2
2ut at
S= +
2 2
1
S=ut + at2
2

This is the displacement-time relation.

c) iv. Either less than one or equal to one.


8 Figure 1 shows displacement-time graph of runner A. Figure 2 shows velocity-time graph of runner
B.

a) Identify the type of motion the runner A has.---------


i) Uniform motion
ii) Non-uniform motion
iii) Accelerated motion
iv) Jerking motion
b)Derive a mathematical relation that connects displacement, velocity and time for runner A.
c)Analysing the above two graphs, find which runner will win the race. Why? (Here θ 1 > θ
2 ).
Ans: a) i) Uniform motion
2 2
b) Velocity -Displacement relation: v =u +2as
Let S--> Displacement u-->initial velocity v--> final velocity a-->acceleration t-->time.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Total displacement
We have Average velocity=
Time
S
V av =
t
v+u
Also V av =
2
s v+u
Therefore =
t 2
2S
That is v +u= ---------(1)
t
But v−u=at ---------(2)
2S
Multiplying (1) and (2) (v+u)(v−u)= at
t
2 2
v −u =2 aS
V2=u2+2as
This is the velocity-displacement relation.
c) Data insufficient.
9 Acceleration is defined as the rate of change of velocity.
a) Is it possible for a body to have acceleration without velocity? Explain.
b) Draw the velocity–time graph of a body moving with uniform acceleration ‘a’ and initial
velocity V0.
c) Using the above graph, obtain the equation for displacement in time ‘t’.
Ans: a)Yes. For example if a body is thrown up , at the highest point the velocity is zero but there is
an acceleration downwards.
b)

A D
E

c)Second equation of motion OR Displacement time relation:


From the graph
Displacement S = Area under the graph AB
= Area of rectangle OADE + Area of triangle ADB
1
= OA×OE + DB× AD
2
1
= u×t + (v−u)×t
2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1
= ut + at×t
2
1
S=u t + at2
2
This is the displacement – time relation.

10 Acceleration – time graph of a body is shown below:

a)Draw the corresponding velocity-time graph.


b)What does the area under the velocity – time graph represent?
c)Arrive at a relation connecting velocity (v) and time (t) for a uniformly accelerated body.

Ans: a)

b) Displacement.
c)Velocity -time relation: v=u+at
Let u--> initial velocity
v-->final velocity
a-->acceleration
t-->time.
Change invelocity
We have acceleration=
time
v−u
a=
t
v−u=at
v=u+at
This is the velocity -time relation.

11 a) The figure shown the position – time graph of a body moving along a straight line.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


i) Draw the velocity-time graph of the body.
ii) From the graph, find the displacement in 20 seconds.
b) From the velocity-time graph of a body moving with uniform acceleration, deduce the
velocity-time relation and the velocity-displacement relation.
Ans: a) (i)
V
2

15 20 t
0

-2

(ii) Displacement = Area under the graph


=2 x 5 + (-2x5)
=0

b)
B

A D

First equation of motion (velocity-time relation)


From the graph ,
Acceleration a = Slope of velocity time graph AB.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


DB (v−u)
a= =
AD t
v – u = at
v=u+at
This is the first equation of motion or velocity-time relation.

Third equation of motion OR Velocity-Displacement relation:


From the graph
Displacement travelled S = Area of trapezium OABE
1 1
= ( EB+OA )×OE= (EB + ED)×OE --------(1)
2 2
acceleration a = slope of the graph AB
DB EB−ED
a= =
AD OE
EB−ED
Therefore OE= --------(2)
a
Substituting eqn (2) in eqn (1)
1 (EB−ED )
S= ( EB+ ED )×
2 a
2 2
1 ( EB −ED )
S=
2 a
2 2
(EB −ED )=2 as
2 2
(v −u )=2as
2 2
v =u +2as
This is the velocity -Displacement relation.

12 If v is the velocity and a is the acceleration, give an example of a physical situation for each of the
following cases.
a) V ≠ 0, a = 0
b) V = 0, a ≠ 0
c) V > 0, a < 0

Ans: a)A ball moving with uniform velocity.


b)A ball thrown up to reach the highest point.
c)A ball moving upward.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Each question scores Five
1 Derive the following equations of motion for a body moving with uniform acceleration in a straight
line.
a) v=u+at
1 2
b) S=ut + at
2
2 2
c) v =u +2as

Ans: a)Velocity -time relation: v=u+at


Let u--> initial velocity
v-->final velocity
a-->acceleration
t-->time.
Change invelocity
We have acceleration=
time
v−u
a=
t
v−u=at
v=u+at
This is the velocity -time relation.
1 2
b)Displacement-time relation: S=ut + at
2
Let S--> Displacement u-->initial velocity v--> final velocity a-->acceleration t-->time.
Total displacement
We have Average velocity=
Time
S
V av =
t
v+u
Also V av =
2
s v+u
Therefore =
t 2
(v +u)t
S=
2
(u+ at+u)t
S=
2
(2u+at)t
S=
2
2
2ut at
S= +
2 2
1
S=ut + at2
2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


This is the displacement-time relation.

2 2
c) Velocity -Displacement relation: v =u +2as
Let S--> Displacement u-->initial velocity v--> final velocity a-->acceleration t-->time.
Total displacement
We have Average velocity=
Time
S
V av =
t
v+u
Also V av =
2
s v+u
Therefore =
t 2
2S
That is v +u= ---------(1)
t
But v−u=at ---------(2)
2S
Multiplying (1) and (2) (v+u)(v−u)= at
t
2 2
v −u =2 aS
V2=u2+2as
This is the velocity-displacement relation.

2 Derive the equations of motion for a uniformly accelerating body from velocity-time graph.
Ans: a)First equation of motion (velocity-time relation)
From the graph ,

A D

Acceleration a = Slope of velocity time graph AB.


DB (v−u)
a= =
AD t
v – u = at
v=u+at
This is the first equation of motion or velocity-time relation.

b) Second equation of motion OR Displacement time relation:


From the graph

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Displacement S = Area under the graph AB
= Area of rectangle OADE + Area of triangle ADB
1
= OA×OE + DB× AD
2
1
= u×t + (v−u)×t
2
1
= ut + at×t
2
1
S=u t + at 2
2
This is the displacement – time relation.
c) Third equation of motion OR Velocity-Displacement relation:
From the graph
Displacement travelled S = Area of trapezium OABE
1 1
= ( EB+OA )×OE= (EB + ED)×OE --------(1)
2 2
acceleration a = slope of the graph AB
DB EB−ED
a= =
AD OE
EB−ED
Therefore OE= -----------(2)
a
Substituting eqn (2) in eqn (1)
1 (EB−ED )
S= ( EB+ ED )×
2 a
2 2
1 ( EB −ED )
S=
2 a
2 2
(EB −ED )=2 as
2 2
(v −u )=2as
2 2
v =u +2as
This is the velocity -Displacement relation.
3 Free fall is a uniformly accelerated motion.
a) Draw the velocity – time graph of free fall.
b) A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of 20 ms-1 from the top of a building.
The height of the point from where the ball is thrown is 25.0 m from the ground.
i) How high will the ball rise?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


ii) How long will it be before the ball hits the ground?
Ans: (a)

(b) (i) Here u= +20 m/s.


2
a=g=-10 m/s

At the highest point v=0


2 2
By equation of motion v =u + 2aS
2
0=20 −2 x 10 xS

20 S=400
S=20 m

(ii) Net displacement S = -25 m

u=+20m/s.

a=g=-10m/s2

1 2
By equation of motion S=ut + at
2
2
−25=20t−5 t

5 t 2−20t −25=0
2
t −4 t−5=0

(t+1)(t-5)=0

therefore t=5 s.

4 An object released near the surface of the earth is said to be in free fall. (Neglect the air resistance)

a). Choose the correct alternative from the clues given at the end of the statement.
“Free fall is an example of........ accelerated motion”(uniformly/non-uniformly)

b). The incomplete table shows the velocity (v) of a freely falling object in a time interval of
1s. (Take g=10 m/s 2 ).

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Complete the table and draw the velocity time graph.

c). Area under velocity-time graph gives ........

Ans: a)“Free fall is an example of uniformly accelerated motion”


b)

c)Displacement.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics

Question Bank
CHAPTER - MOTION IN A PLANE

Each question scores One


1 The physical quantities having only magnitude but no direction are called as..........

Ans: Scalars
2 The physical quantities having both magnitude and direction are called as............

Ans: Vectors
3 The vectors having zero magnitude are called as....................

Ans: Null vectors or Zero vectors.


4 The angle between ⃗ = ^i + ^j and B
A ⃗ = ^i − ^j is ....................

a)450 b) 600 c) 900 d)1800

Ans; 900
5 Identify the scalar quantity from the following alternatives.
(i) Momentum
(ii) Work
(iii)Torque
(iv) Acceleration

Ans: Work.
6 A ball is dropped through the window of a train travelling with high velocity, to a man standing
near the track. The ball.............
i.Falls down vertically
ii.Moves straight horizontally
iii.Follows an elliptical path
iv.Follows a parabolic path

Ans: Follows a parabolic path.


7 At the top of a projectile vertical velocity of the object will be..........

Ans: zero.
8 At the top of a projectile,angle between velocity and acceleration is....

a)0° b) 45° c)60° d) 90°.

Ans: zero.90°
9 From a height an object A is dropped, at the same time another object B is thrown horizontally with
a velocity 20m/s from the same point. Which one will reach the ground first?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: both will reach the ground at the same time
10 An object is projected with a velocity u at an angle 20° with horizontal. To get the same range
another object projected from the same point with same velocity at an angle of........

Ans :70°
11 Maximum range of a projectile is 1.6 m. Then the velocity of projection will be..... (g=10m/s2)
a)
Ans : 4 m/s.
12 If two vectors can be connected by the equation b= 4a. Then a and b will be............Vectors?

Ans: Colinear vectors


13 The physical quantity which is constant at any point in projectile motion is..........
a)Velocity b)Acceleration c)Kinetic energy d)Linear momentum

Ans : Acceleration
14 The process of splitting up of a vector into desired direction is called -----------------
Ans : Resolution of vectors
15 The method of addition of vectors in which the two vectors and their resultant form three sides of a
triangle is
Ans : Triangle law of vector addition
16 Triangle law of vector addition is also known as
Ans : Head- to-tail method
17 Which are the two methods of addition of vectors
Ans : 1) Triangle law of vector addition 2) Parallelogram law of vector addition
18 A vector divided by its magnitude is called -------------------
Ans : Unit vector
19 A vector is added to an equal and opposite vector of similar nature forms a ------------------
Ans : Null vector
20 The angle between velocity vector and acceleration vector in uniform circular motion is
Ans : 90o
21 Components of a vector which are mutually perpendicular are called
Ans : Rectangular components
22 If |⃗A+ ⃗
B| = |⃗
A−⃗
B| , what is the angle between ⃗
A and ⃗
B
o
Ans : 90
23 What is the horizontal component of acceleration due to gravity?
Ans : Zero
24 The quantity which remains constant throughout uniform circular motion is
a) velocity b) centripetal acceleration c) speed d) centripetal force
Ans : Speed
25 For a body in uniform circular motion the time for one revolution is ---------------
Ans : Time period
26 The reciprocal of time period is known as
Ans : Frequency

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


27 Write the relation connecting angular speed and time period

Ans: ω =
T
28 Write the relation connecting linear speed and angular speed
Ans : v = rω
29 Which one of the following does not represent centripetal acceleration ?
2
v
a) a = b) a = ω 2 r c) a = ωv d) a = ω r
r
Ans : d) a = ω r
30 What conditions should be satisfied for vectors to be equal ?
Ans : If they have same (i) magnitude and (ii)same direction
31 Is it possible for a body to have uniform speed without having uniform velocity?.Give one example

Ans : Yes, Uniform circular motion

Each question scores Two


1 A boy throws a ball of mass 200 g with a velocity 20 ms -1 at an angle of 40° with the horizontal.
What is the kinetic energy of the ball at the highest point of the trajectory?

Ans: At the highest point Vx=ucosθ and Vy=0.


Given m=0.2 kg u=20 m/s and θ=400.
1
KE at the highest point = mV 2x
2
1 2
= m(ucos θ )
2
1 2
= x 0.2 x (20 cos 40)
2
= 23.47 J
A particle is projected up into the air from the point with a speed of 20 m/s at an angle of projection
2 30°. What is the maximum height reached by it.?

Ans: Given u=20m/s, θ=300.


2 2
u sin θ
H=
2g
202 sin2 30
H=
2 x 9.8
ie H=5.1 m
3 A football is kicked into the air vertically upwards. What is its
(a) acceleration at the highest point
(b) velocity at the highest point?

Ans: (a) At highest point the acceleration remains same as acceleration due to gravity
(b) At highest point, velocity becomes zero
4 If horizontal range is equal to 4 times maximum height. Find the angle of projection?

Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


4H
tan θ=
R
Here R = 4H So θ=1
5 A ball is thrown with a velocity u at an angle @ at the same time a boy running towards the ball
from the point projection with a velocity u/2. Can the boy be able to catch the ball?

u
Ans : Yes. When ucosθ =
2
Cosθ= 1/2
θ=60°.
6 Why electric current is a scalar quantity?

Ans : Electric current will not obey the law of Vector Algebra.(Vector Addition Laws) So it can be
considered as a scalar
7 A ball is projected with a velocity 30m/s. Find the maximum range?(take g=10m/s2)

u2
Ans : R =
g
R= 30×30/10
R=900/10
R=90m
8 A ball thrown by one player is caught by another player in 5 seconds then calculate the maximum
height reached by the ball (g= 10 m/s2)

given 2usinθ /g= 5


usinθ= 25

Now. H = u2Sin2 θ/ 2g
= 252/2 x 10 = 31.25 m
9 A food packet is released from a plane flying horizontally, reaches the surface of the earth in 10
seconds .calculate the height from which the packet is dropped
- h = - 1/2 gt2
h = 1/2 x 10 X 100 = 500m
10 What is the result of multiplication of a vector ⃗
A with a real positive number λ ?
Ans : The vector obtained has magnitude λ times that of vector ⃗A and direction same as that of
vector A⃗
11 What happens when a vector ⃗ A is multiplied by a negative number λ ?
Ans : The vector obtained has magnitude λ times that of ⃗ A and direction opposite to that of ⃗
A
12 Does vector addition hold for any two vectors?
Ans : No, the vector addition holds for two vectors of same dimensions
13 State true or false
a) The magnitude of a vector is always a scalar
b) Each component of a vector is always a scalar
c) Three vectors not lying in a plane can never add up to give a null vector
d) A unit vector has no dimensions and unit
Ans : a) true b) false c) true d) true

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


14 State triangle law of vector addition
Ans : If two vectors are represented in magnitude and direction by the two sides of a triangle taken
in order , then the third side in the reverse order represents the resultant of the two vectors

15 State the parallelogram law of vector addition


Ans : If two vectors acting simultaneously at a point are represented in magnitude and direction by
the two adjacent sides of a parallelogram, then the diagonal of the parallelogram through the point
represents the resultant of the two vectors.

16 Two vectors ⃗ P and Q⃗ are given below. Redraw the figure and show the vector sum using
parallelogram method

Ans :

17 The magnitude of the resultant of two vectors ⃗ ⃗ is given by


P and Q 2
R =P
2
+ Q2 . What

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


is the angle between ⃗ ⃗
P and Q

Ans : R2=P2 + Q2 + 2PQ cos θ


Since R2=P2 + Q2 , 2PQ cos θ = 0
cos θ = 0 So θ = 90o
A = 2 ^i + 4 ^j and
18 Find the sum of two vectors ⃗ ⃗ = 3 ^i - 2 ^j
B

Ans : (3+2) ^i + (4-2) ^j = 5 ^i + 2 ^j

Each question scores Three


1 (a) Give the expression to find the unit vector of a given vector ⃗
A
(b) Find the unit vector of A⃗ = 4 ^i −3 ^j+ k^

Ans: (a) The unit vector of ⃗ ,


A

^ A
A=
|⃗
A|

(b) ⃗ = 4 ^i−3 ^j+ k^


A
Here | ⃗A|=√A x + A y + A z
2 2 2

A|=√4 2+(−3)2 +12


|⃗
|⃗
A|=√16+9+1=√26
⃗ ^ ^ ^
There fore ^ A = 4 i −3 j+ k
A=
|⃗
A| √26
2 The position vector r of a particle P located in an x-y plane is shown in figure.

a) Redraw the figure by showing the rectangular components.


b) Write the position vector in terms of rectangular components.
c) Write an equation to find the magnitude of the resultant of two vectors A and B
Ans: a)

yj

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


b) ⃗r =x ^i+ y ^j
c) R= √A + B +2 ABcos θ
2 2

3 A stone is thrown with the help of a sling with initial velocity ‘u’ at an angle 'θ' from the horizontal.

a) Working of sling is based on........... law of vector addition.


b) Derive the expression for the maximum height reached by the stone.

Ans:
a)Parallelogram law of vector addition.

b) Expression for Maximum height(H):


We have V 2=u2 +2 as
Taking the vertical components;
2 2
V y =u y + 2a y s y
Here Vy=0, uy=usinθ , ay=-g and Sy =H
Therefore 0=(usin θ )2 −2 gH
2 2
2 gH =u sin θ
2 2
u sin θ
Maximum Height , H=
2g

4 Is the flying of a bird is an example of parallelogram law of vector addition ?

Ans : Yes. As the bird flies , it strikes the air with its wings along WO . According to Newton’s third
law of motion , air strikes the wings in opposite directions. The reactions are OA and OB . From
parallelogram law of vector addition , OC is the resultant of OA and OB . This resultant upward
force is responsible for the flight of the bird

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


5 Three girls skating on a circular ice ground of radius 200m starts from a point p on the edge of the
ground and reach a point Q diametrically opposite to p , following different paths as shown in the
figure

a) What is the magnitude of displacement for each ?


b) For which girl is the displacement is equal to the actual length of path skated?

Ans : a) The displacement for each girl is 2x 200 = 400m


b) Girl B
6 Two vectors of equal magnitude have a resultant with magnitude equal to either of them , what is
the angle between the two vectors ?
Ans:

7 What is the angle between 2N force and 3N , so that their resultant is 4N ?


Ans :
Here ⃗ P = 2N

Q = 3N


R = 4N
θ =?
R = √ P +Q +2 PQ cos θ ¿
2 2

4 = √ 2 +3 +2 x 2 x 3 cos θ ¿
2 2

θ = 750 38ʹ

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


8 Two vectors 3N and 4N which are perpendicular to each other are acting simultaneously on a body
.Calcu;ate the resultant force acting on the body ?

Ans:
2 2 2
R =P + Q + 2PQ cos θ
Since θ = 90o , 2PQ cos θ = 0
2 2
R =P + Q2

R= √ P 2+Q2
= √ 32 + 4 2 = 5N
9 An aeroplane takes off with a velocity of 100 km/h , making an angle of 30o with the horizontal.
Calculate its horizontal and vertical components of velocity
Ans :
Horizontal component v x =v(cos (θ )) = 100 cos30 = 86.6 km/h
Horizontal component v y =v(sin(θ )) = 100 sin30 = 50 km/h

Each question scores Four


1 The figure below shows the path of a projectile motion.

a)Obtain the expressions for maximum height and time of flight.


b)What is the angle of projection for maximum horizontal range?

Ans: a)Expression for Maximum height(H):


We have V 2=u2 +2 as
Taking the vertical components;
2 2
V y =u y + 2a y s y
Here Vy=0, uy=usinθ , ay=-g and Sy =H
Therefore 0=(usin θ )2 −2 gH
2 gH =u2 sin 2 θ
2 2
u sin θ
Maximum Height , H=
2g
Expression for Time of flight (T):
1 2
We have S=ut + at
2
Taking vertical components;
1 2
S y =u y t + a y t
2
Here Sy=0, uy=usinθ , ay=-g and t=T, time of flight.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1 2
Therefore 0=u sin θ T − g T
2
1 2
g T =usin θ T
2
1
g T =usin θ
2
2 u sin θ
Time of flight T =
g
b) For Maximum horizontal range , angle of projection θ=450.
2 a)A man throws a stone up into air at an angle 'θ' with the horizontal. Draw the path of the projectile
and mark directions of velocity and acceleration at the highest position.
b) Derive an expression for the maximum height reached by the stone.

Ans: a)

b)Expression for Maximum height(H):


We have V 2=u2 +2 as
Taking the vertical components;
2 2
V y =u y + 2a y s y
Here Vy=0, uy=usinθ , ay=-g and Sy =H
2
Therefore 0=(usin θ ) −2 gH
2 2
2 gH =u sin θ
2 2
u sin θ
Maximum Height , H=
2g
3 The ceiling of a long hall is 25 m high. What is the maximum horizontal distance that a ball thrown
with a speed of 40 m/s can go without hitting the ceiling of the hall?

Ans: Given H=25m , u= 40 m/s.


2 2 2 2
u sin θ 40 sin θ
H= = =25 m
2g 2 x 9.8
2 25 x 2 x 9.8
sin θ = =0.30625
402
Therefore θ=33.60.
2
u2 sin 2 θ 40 sin 2(33.6)
Range R= = =150.5 m
g 9.8

4 A ball is thrown horizontally from the top of a tower with a velocity of 40 m/s. Take g=10 m/s2.
(a)Find the horizontal and vertical displacement after 1,2,3,4,5 seconds, then plot the path of
motion of the ball.
(b)If the ball reaches the ground in 4 s , find the height of the tower.
Ans: (a) Horizontal displacement S x =ux t because ax=0

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1
Vertical displacement S y= g t 2 because uy=0 ay=g
2

t 1 2 3 4 5
Sx 40 80 120 160 200
Sy 5 20 45 80 125

1 2 1 2
(b) Hight of the tower , H= g t = x 10 x 4 H=80m.
2 2
5 With the help of a diagram derive the expression for the resultant of two vectors in parallelogram
law of vector addition (Derive the law of cosines)
Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


6 (i) For a body in uniform circular motion derive the expression for centripetal acceleration with the
help of a neat diagram
(ii) Is centripetal acceleration a constant vector ? Explain
Ans :
(i)

The triangle PP’C and GHI are similar. Therefore,

Δv Δr
=
v r
Δr
Δv = v
r
Δv v Δr
=
Δt r Δt
v Δr
ac = v since =v
r Δt
2
v
ac =
r
2
v
(ii) The centripetal acceleration has a constant magnitude , but since it is always directed
r
towards the centre ,its direction changes . Hence centripetal acceleration is not a constant vector
7 A body of mass 10 kg revolves in a circle of diameter 0.8 m completing 420 revolutions in a
minute . Calculate,
(i) Angular speed
(ii) Linear speed
(iii) Time period
(iv) Centripetal acceleration

Ans : Frequency f = 420/60 = 7 s−1


(i) ω = 2πf = 2x 3.14x 7 =43.96 s−1
(ii) v = rω =0.8 x 43.96 = 35.1678 m/s
1
(iii) T = 1/f = = 0.4128 s
7
(iv) ac = ωv = 43.96 x 35.1678 = 1546 m/ s 2

Each question scores Five


1 A projectile is any body that is given an initial velocity and then follows a path determined entirely
by the effects of gravitational acceleration and air resistance.
a) The path of a projectile is.........

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


i) straight line
ii) parabola
iii) circle
iv) semi circle
b) Derive an expression for time to reach maximum height and hence the time of flight of a
projectile.
c) A baseball leaves a bat with an initial speed of 37 m/s at an angle of 53.1 o . Find the position of
the ball when t = 2s (treat baseball as a projectile and g = 9.8 m/s 2 )
Ans: a)(ii) parabola.
b)Expression for time to reach maximum height:

At the maximum height , Vy=0 , uy=usinθ and ay=-g


We have v y =u y −g t
0=usinθ-gt
usin θ
Therefore time to reach maximum height , t=
g
Expression for Time of flight (T):
1 2
We have S=ut + at
2
Taking vertical components;
1
S y =u y t + a y t 2
2
Here Sy=0, uy=usinθ , ay=-g and t=T, time of flight.
1 2
Therefore 0=u sin θ T − g T
2
1 2
g T =usin θ T
2
1
g T =usin θ
2
2 u sin θ
Time of flight T =
g
c) Here u= 37 m/s θ= 53.1o g=9.8 m/s2
ux = ucos θ=37 cos (53.1)=37x 0.6=22.2m/s
uy=usin θ=37 sin (53.1)=37x0.79=29.59 m/s.
The x-coordinate is given by
1
S x =ux t+ a x t 2=u x t ( ax=0)
2
Therefore at t=2s, x=22.2 x 2=44.4 m
The y-coordinate is given by
1
S y =u y t + a y t 2
2
1 2
y=29.59 x 2− 9.8 x 2 (ay=-g=-9.8 m/s2)
2
y=39.6m
Therefore the position of the ball when t = 2s is given by (44.4, 39.6)

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2 A body is projected into air at an angle θ with the horizontal.
a) What is the trajectory followed by this projectile?
i) Ellipse ii) Parabola
iii) Straight line iv) Circle
b) Give a mathematical proof for your answer.
2
x
c) Trajectory of a body in a projectile motion is given by y=x− where x and y are in meters.
80
Find maximum height of this projectile.
Ans:
a)Parabola.
b) Here ux=ucosθ , uy=usinθ , ay=-g
Let ‘x’ be the horizontal distance covered in a time ‘t’ , then
x
t= -----(1)
ucos θ
Let ‘y’ be the vertical distance covered in a time ‘t’ , then
1 2
y=u sin θ t− g t
2
2
x 1 x
y=u sin θ − g( )
u cos θ 2 u cos θ
g
Therefore y=(tan θ ) x−( 2 2 ) x 2
2 u cos θ
The above equation is similar to
2
y=ax−b x and represents a parabola.
x2 g 2
c)Given y=x− and We have y=(tan θ ) x−( 2 2 )x
80 2 u cos θ
Comparing, we get
tanθ=1 Therefore θ=450.
g 1
And =
2
2 u cos θ
2
80
2
u
That is =80
g
u2 sin 2 θ 80
We have Maximum height H= H= =20 m.
2g 2x 2
3 (i) Derive the relation connecting angular speed and linear speed of a particle in uniform circular
motion
(ii) A bead undergoing uniform circular motion in a circle of radius 12cm ,cmpletes 210 revolutions
in 100 s .What is the centripetal acceleration
Ans :
(i)

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Δs
Δθ =
r
Δθ = 1 Δs
Δt r Δt

1 Δs
ω= v since, =v
r Δt

v
ω=
r

(ii) R = 12 cm = 0.12 m
210
Frequency ν = s−1 = 2.1 s−1
100
Centripetal acceleration ac = 4 π 2 ν 2 r

ac = 4 x 3.142 x 2.12 x0.1 = 20.9 m/ s 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics

Question Bank
CHAPTER 5- LAWS OF MOTION

Each question scores One


1 Newton’s first law of motion describes the.......................(Energy , Momentum , Inertia, work)

Ans: Inertia.
2 The rate of change of total momentum of a system of many-particles is proportional to
the......................on the system.
i. external force
ii. a sum of the internal forces

Ans: (i) external force.


3 The optimum speed of a car on a banked road to avoid wear and tear on its tyres is given
by ................

i. √ Rg tanθ ii. √ Rg cot θ iii. √ Rg sin θ iv. √ Rg cos θ

Ans: (i) √ Rg tanθ


4 State true or false.
An iron ball and a wooden ball of the same radius are released from a height in vacuum; the iron
ball will reach the ground first.

Ans: False.
5 The mass of a body which is equal to the ratio of the force acting on a body to the acceleration
produced in the body is

(a) the gravitational mass (b) the electromagnetic mass


(c) the internal mass (d) the inertial mass

Ans: (d) the inertial mass.


6 The force required to produce an acceleration of 2 m/s² on a mass of 2 kg is
(a) 4 N (b) 10 N
(c) 22 N (d) 18 N

Ans: (a) 4N
7 A machine gun fires a bullet of mass 40 g with a velocity of 1200 ms-1. The man holding it can
exert a maximum force of 144 N on the gun. How many bullets can he fire per second at the most?
(a) one (b) four
(c) two (d) three

Ans: (d) three

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


8 A block of wood is placed on a surface. A force is applied parallel to the surface to move the body.
The frictional force developed acts
(a) normal to the surface upwards
(b) normal to the surface downwards
(c) along the direction of the applied force
(d) opposite to the direction of the applied force

Ans: (d) opposite to the direction of the applied force


9 A block of mass M is placed on a flat surface. A force is applied to move it parallel to the surface.
The frictional force f developed is proportional to the
(a) square of the mass of the body
(b) mass of the body
(c) reciprocal of the mass of the body
(d) reciprocal of the square of the body

Ans: (b) mass of the body


10 Two bodies of masses 4 kg and 5 kg are acted upon by the same force. If the acceleration of lighter
body is 2 m/s², the acceleration of heavier body is
(a) 1 m/s² (b) 1.2 m/s²
(c) 1.6 m/s² (d) 1.8 m/s²

Ans: (c) 1.6 m/s²


11 Newton’s second law defines ------------------

Ans: Force
12 A bullet of mass 25 g moving with a velocity of 200 cm/s is stopped within 5 cm of the target. The
average resistance offered by the target is
(a) 1 N (b) 2 N (c) 3 N (d) 4 N

Ans: (a) 1N
13 A block is placed above a table. The frictional force acting on it is....
a) static friction. b) kinetic friction.
c) Rolling friction. d)No friction.

Ans: No friction
14 Rocket propulsion is based on the principle.........?

Ans: Law of conservation of momentum.


15 Maximum value of friction is called.......

Ans: Limiting friction.


16 The area under force time graph is.......

Ans: Impulse or change in momentum


17 If two highly polished surfaces are placed in contact and tried to move one over the other. Does the
friction........ (Increase/decrease)
Ans: increase

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


18 What do you mean by Aristotle’s fallacy?
According to Aristotle an external force is required to keep a body in uniform motion.
19 _______ is the measure of inertia
Ans: Mass
20 Newton’s First law of motion is also called__________
Ans: Law of Inertia
21 Mangos fall down from a tree when the branches are shaken , is an example for inertia of (Motion /
Rest/Direction)
Ans: Rest
22 State Newton’s third law of motion
Ans: Every action has an equal and opposite reaction
23 Newton’s third law of motion is also called _______
Ans: Law of action and reaction

Each question scores Two


1 State the law of conservation of Linear momentum

Ans: The law of conservation of momentum states that “The total momentum of an isolated system
is conserved.”
2 Using Newton’s second law of motion, derive the equation F = ma

Ans: By Newton’s second law,


⃗ d⃗P
F =k
dt
But ⃗
P =m ⃗
v
Therefore
⃗ d (m⃗v )
F =k
dt
⃗ d⃗v
F =k m
dt

F =k m⃗a
But k=1 Therefore ⃗ F =m⃗a
3 A large force acting for a short interval of time is called impulsive force.
(a)What is the SI unit of impulse ?
(b)Two billiard balls each of mass 0.05 kg moving in opposite direction with speed 6 m/s collide
and rebound with same speed. What is the impulse imparted to each ball due to other?

Ans: (a)Ns or kg m/s.


(b)Impulse = Change in momentum = 0.05 x (6-(-6))= 0.6 Ns.
4 State the law of conservation of linear momentum and prove it on the basis of second law of
motion.

Ans: The law of conservation of momentum states that “The total momentum of an isolated system
is conserved.”
Consider two bodies A and B, with initial momenta P Aand PB. And after collision the final momenta
P’A and P’B respectively.
By the Second Law

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


which shows that the total final momentum of the isolated system equals its initial momentum.
5 Match the following

Ans:
Sl.No A B
1 Newton’s First law Law of inertia
2 Conservation of Linear Momentum before collision
momentum = Momentum after collision
3 Newton’s third law Action <-> Reaction
4 Impulse Change in momentum.
6 A cricketer moves his hands backwards while holding a catch. Write the reason.

Ans: To reduce the impact of momentum by increasing the time of contact.


7 Friction is a necessary and evil, Justify.

Ans: Frictional force causes a lot of losses in general upkeep and wear and tear of machinery. ...
But almost all crucial tasks cannot be carried out without the presence of friction. Basic activities
like walking and writing on a surface are possible due to friction. Hence it is considered as a
necessary evil
8 Why long jump is done to loose land ?

Ans: Athlete is made to land on the sand after long jump so as to increase the time of impact. This
reduces the momentum and force by which he is landing on the ground. Thus, athlete is saved from
getting injured.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


9 Brittle utensils are packed with straw or paper piece. Why?

Ans: It is to increase the time, so that impulse can be minimised


10 The force acting on a particle with time is represented in the graph

a. Area under this curve is called …………..


b. Explain why easily breakable materials are wrapped in paper or straw pieces while packing ?
Ans:
a. Impulse
b. In order to increase the time taken for change in momentum and hence decrease the impulsive force
acting on it during a jerk.
11 What are the ways to reduce friction between two surfaces?
Ans: 1)Apply oil or lubricants. 2) Use ball bearings. 3) Streamlining

12 A man cycling towards east. The direction of friction acting on the front tyre is..... And that of rear
wheel is........

Ans: For front tyre friction is towards west. For rear tyre friction is towards east.
13 Why train bogies are connected with buffers

Ans: It is use to dump the unwanted vibration produce by running train. Its dump the vibration
otherwise these vibration can damage train bogie. All the parts are made from iron , iron shape can
be change by these powerful vibration and it will decrease the safety of train
14 Explain why a passenger standing in a moving bus tends to fall forward while the driver applies a
sudden brake ?
Ans: explanation based on Inertia of motion

15 A batsman hits back a ball straight in the direction of the bowler without changing its initial speed
of 12m/s.
a. Does it violate the conservation of momentum ?
b. Calculate the impulse imparted to the ball and the force applied by the batsman , if the mass of
ball is 0.15 kg and it is in contact with the bat for 1 ms
16 A man cycling towards east. The direction of friction acting on the front tyre is..... And that of rear
wheel is........

Ans: For front tyre friction is towards west. For rear tyre friction is towards east.
17 Define 1N?

Ans: It is the force acting on a mass of 1Kg produce an acceleration of 1m/s2.


18 A shell at rest explodes into three equal masses. 2 fragment fly off at right angles to each other with
a speed of 9 m/s and 12m/s ,calculate the Speed of third fragment

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Before explosion p⃗i=0
After Explosion ⃗ P=0
P⃗1+ P⃗2+ P⃗3 =0
P⃗3=−( P⃗1+ P⃗2)
|P⃗3|=|P⃗1+ P⃗2|
mv 3 =√P 21+ P22
mv 3 =√(mv 1) +( mv2 )
2 2

v 3= √v 1+ v 2
2 2

v 3= √92+ 122
v 3= √225 v3=15m/s
19 See Fig. 5.8. A mass of 6 kg is suspended by a rope of length 2 m from the ceiling. A force of 50 N
in the horizontal direction is applied at the midpoint P of the rope, as shown. What is the angle the
rope makes with the vertical in equilibrium ? (Take g = 10 m s-2). Neglect the mass of the rope.

Ans: Example 5.6 (NCERT Text book)

20 What do you mean by inertia?


Ans: Inertia is the tendency of a body to continue in its state of rest or state of uniform motion
along a straight line.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


21 State Law of Inertia
Ans: Every body continues its state of rest or uniform motion along a straight line unless an
external force is applied on it.
22 A force is being applied on a body but it causes no acceleration. What possibilities may be
considered to explain the observation?
Ans:
(1) If the force is deforming force then it does not produce acceleration.
(2)If the force is internal force it cannot cause acceleration.

23 If force is acting on a moving body perpendicular to the direction of motion, then what will be its
effect on the speed and direction of the body?

Ans: No change in speed, but there can be change in the direction of motion.
24 The two ends of spring–balance are pulled each by a force of 10kg.wt. What will be the reading of
the balance?

Ans: The reading of the balance will be 10kgwt.


25 Which are the three types of inertia?

Ans: Inertia of rest, Inertia of motion, Inertia of direction


26 A passenger standing in a moving bus tends to fall forward, when the bus suddenly breaks. Explain
why?

Ans: Due to inertia of motion. When the speeding bus stops suddenly, lower part of the body in
contact with the platform of bus comes to rest but the upper part of the body of the passengers tends
to maintain its uniform motion. Hence the passengers are thrown forward.
26 A passenger standing in a bus tends to fall backward when the bus suddenly begins to move
forward. Explain Why?

Ans: Due to inertia of rest. When the bus suddenly begins to move forward, lower part of the body
of the person moves forward but the upper part tends to maintain the same position. So the person
tends to fall backward.
27 An athlete runs over a certain distance before taking long jump. Why?

Ans: An athlete runs over a certain distance before taking a long jump to gain inertia of motion.
This enables the athlete to take a longer jump.
28 The wheels of vehicles are provided with mudguards. Why?

Ans: When the wheels of vehicle rotates at high speed, the mud sticking on it flies off tangentially
due to inertia of direction. Hence mudguards are provided so that the mud will not get sprinkle over
others.
29 Dust is removed by beating the carpet. Explain.

Ans: It is due to inertia of rest. When we beat the carpet it comes into to motion, but the dust
particles continue the state of rest due to inertia of rest and get detached from the carpet.
30 Even though action and reaction are equal and opposite, they do not add up to zero. Why?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Action and reaction do not balance each other because a force of action and reaction acts
always on two different bodies.
31 Why does a swimmer push the water backwards?

Ans: A swimmer pushes the water backwards because due to reaction of water he is able to swim in
the forward direction
32 What do you mean by concurrent forces?

Ans: A number of forces acting at a single point are called concurrent forces.
33 Give the magnitude and direction of the net force acting on
(a) A drop of rain falling down with constant speed.
(b) A kite skill fully held stationary in the sky.

Ans: (a)According to first law of motion F = 0 as a = 0 (particle moves with constant speed)
(b)Since kite is stationary net force on the kite is also zero.

Each question scores Three


1 A light bullet is fired from a heavy gun.
(a)Choose the correct
(i) Speed of the gun and the bullet are equal.
(ii)Momenta of the bullet and gun are equal in magnitude and opposite direction.
(iii)Momenta of the bullet and gun are equal in magnitude and in the same direction.
(iv)Velocity of gun and bullet are equal.
(b)By using a suitable conservation law in Physics prove your above answer.

Ans: (a) (ii)Momenta of the bullet and gun are equal in magnitude and opposite direction.
(b) By the conservation of linear momentum,
Momentum after firing = Momentum before firing
MV +mv =0
MV = -mv
That is the Momenta of the bullet and gun are equal in magnitude and opposite direction.
2 A gun moves backward when a shot is fired from it.
(a) Choose the correct statement.
(i)The momentum of the gun is greater than that of the shot.
(ii)The momentum acquired by the gun and shot have the same magnitude.
(iii)Gun and shot acquire the same amount of kinetic energy.
(b)A shell of mass 0.020 kg is fired by a gun of mass 100 kg. If the muzzle speed of the shell is 80
m/s, what is the recoil speed of the gun?

Ans: (a)(ii) The momentum acquired by the gun and shot have the same magnitude.
−mv
(b) Recoil speed of the gun , V =
M
3 A person drives a car along a circular track on a level ground.
(a)Derive an expression for the maximum safe speed of the car.
(b) Why do we give banking to curved roads?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: (a)

From the Diagram, to avoid skidding of the car, the maximum force of friction must be equal to or
greater than centripetal force.
ie μ S N ≥F C
2
mv
But N=mg and FC =
r
2
mv
Therefore μ S mg≥
r
2
v ≤μ s r g
Thus the maximum safe speed is v =√μ S r g
(b)To avoid the risk of skidding as well as to reduce the wear and tear of the car tyres.
4 A machine gun fires bullets of mass 40 g each with a speed of 1200 ms -1.The person can hold the
gun with a maximum force of 144 N. What is the maximum number of bullets that can be fired per
second from the gun?
Ans:
By Newton’s second law of motion
dp n(mv)
F= =
dt dt
Where ‘n’ is the number of bullets per second.
n(40 x 10−3 x 1200)
Therefore 144=
1
144
n= =3 bullets.
48
5 A ball of mass 50g is moving with a velocity 20 m/s hit on a wall and bounce back with same
speed. The time of contact between ball and wall is 0.1sec. Find the force due to hitting?
F= m(v-u)/t
m(v−u)
F=
t
0.05(20−−20)
F=
0.1
0.05(40)
F=
0.1
F=20N

Each question scores Four


1 To reduce friction and accident by skidding the roads are banked at curves.
(a)What is meant by banking of roads?
(b)Sketch the schematic diagram of a vehicle on a banked road with friction and mark the various
forces.
(c) Derive an expression for maximum safe speed of a vehicle on a banked road with friction.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: (a) The process of raising the outer edge than the inner edge for a curved road is called
Banking of road.
The angle through which the outer edge is raised is called angle of banking.

(b)

(c)
Let
R--> radius of circular path
θ--> angle of banking
μS -->Coefficient of friction.
From the diagram
N cos θ =mg+ f sin θ
N cos θ =mg+ μ S N sin θ
N cos θ −μ S N sin θ=mg
N (cos θ −μ S sin θ )=mg
mg
Therefore N= ------------------(1)
cos θ −μ S sin θ
2
mv
Similarly =N sin θ +f cos θ
R
mv2
=N sin θ +μ S N cos θ
R
2
mv
=N (sin θ + μ S cos θ ) ----------------(2)
R
Substituting (1) in (2)
mv2 mg
= (sin θ + μ S cos θ )
R cos θ−μ S sin θ
v g(sin θ +μ S cos θ )
2
=
R (cos θ −μ S sin θ )
2 Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
v=
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

Therefore v =

Dividing by cos θ,
Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

v=
√Rg( tan θ +μ S )
(1−μ S tan θ )
This is the safe velocity (maximum possible speed) for a vehicle on a banked road.
2 According to Newton’s law of motion, the force depends on the rate of change of momentum.
a)State whether the force is external or internal? Justify your answer.
b)What happens to the linear momentum when the force is absent?
c)The motion of a particle of mass m is described y = ut + 1⁄2 gt 2 . find the force acting on the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


particle.

Ans: (a)External force. Because to change the state of body the force must be external.
(b) Momentum becomes constant.
1 2
(c) We have y=ut + g t
2
dy
v = =u+ g t
dt
dv
a= =g
dt
Therefore F=ma =mg
3 Friction is the force which opposes relative motion between two surfaces in contact with each other.
(a)What do you mean by limiting static friction ?
(b)Obtain the expression for optimum speed of a vehicle on a curved level road.
(c)A cyclist speeding at 18 km/h on a level road takes a sharp circular turn of radius 3 m without
reducing the speed. The coefficient of static friction between the tyres and the road is 0.1 . Will the
cycle slip while taking the turn?

Ans:
(a). Definition
(b). Derivation of V = √μrg
(c). For not to slip , v2 ≤ µrg ,
v2 = 5 x 5 = 25
µrg = 0.1 x 3 x 9.8 = 2.94. The condition is not obeyed so he will slip.
4 Aristotle had an idea that constant force is required to produce a constant velocity. Hence he
concluded that in the absence of forces bodies would come to rest.
a. State Newton’s first law of motion
b. Why a horse cannot pull a cart and run in empty space ?
c. The motion of a particle of mass ‘m’ is described by y = At + Bt2. Find the force acting on the
particle

Ans:
a. Definition
b. In empty space there will not be reaction required for the forward move
c. Comparing the equation with s = ut + ½ at2 , we get a = 2B , so f = ma = 2mB

Each question scores Five


1 Circular motion of a car on a banked road is shown in figure.

(a) Write the names of the forces A,B,C and D in figure.


(b) Write the equation which equate forces on the car along horizontal and vertical direction.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


(c) State the Laws of static friction.
Ans: (a) A--> Normal Reaction (N).
B--> Weight (mg).
mv2
C--> Centripetal force ( )
R
D--> Frictional force.(fS)
(b)On the Vertical direction
Ncos θ=mg+ f s sin θ
and
On the horizontal direction
2
mv
N sin θ +f s cos θ=
R
(c)The law of static friction may be written as
f S ⩽μ S N
2 A vehicle of mass m is moving on a banked road of radius r.
(a) What are various forces acting on the vehicle ?
(b) Obtain an expression for maximum safe speed of the vehicle on a banked road.
(c) A circular road of radius 300 m is banked at an angle of 15°. If the coefficient of friction
between the wheels of a car and the road is 0.2, what is the optimum speed of the car ? (g =
9.8 m/s 2 )
Ans: (a) Normal Reaction (N).
Weight (mg).
mv2
Centripetal force ( )
R
Frictional force.(fS)
(b)

Let
R--> radius of circular path
θ--> angle of banking
μS -->Coefficient of friction.
From the diagram
N cos θ =mg+ f sin θ
N cos θ =mg+ μ S N sin θ
N cos θ −μ S N sin θ=mg
N (cos θ −μ S sin θ )=mg
mg
Therefore N= ------------------(1)
cos θ −μ S sin θ
2
mv
Similarly =N sin θ +f cos θ
R
mv2
=N sin θ +μ S N cos θ
R

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2
mv
=N (sin θ + μ S cos θ ) ----------------(2)
R
Substituting (1) in (2)
2
mv mg
= (sin θ + μ S cos θ )
R cos θ−μ S sin θ
v g(sin θ +μ S cos θ )
2
=
R (cos θ −μ S sin θ )
2 Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
v=
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

Therefore v =

Dividing by cos θ,
Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

v=
√ Rg( tan θ +μ S )
(1−μ S tan θ )
This is the safe velocity (maximum possible speed) for a vehicle on a banked road.
(c) Optimum speed v =√Rg( tan θ )
v =√300 x 9.8(tan15) =28.06 m/s

3 Static friction opposes impending motion.


(a)Write the mathematical equation connecting the limiting value of static friction with
Normal reaction.
(b)Choose the correct statement.
(i) Both kinetic friction and static friction are independent of area of contact.
(ii) Kinetic friction depends on area of contact but static friction do not.
(iii) static friction depends on area of contact but kinetic friction do not.
(iv) Both kinetic friction and static friction depends on area of contact
(c) A mass rest s on a horizontal plane. The plane is gradually inclined until at an angle θ with
the horizontal, the mass just begins to slide. Show that the coefficient of static friction between the
block and surface is equal to tanθ.

Ans: (a)The limiting static friction varies with the normal force(N) approximately as f max
S =μ S N
Where μ S is a constant and is called as coefficient of static friction.
N is the normal reaction.

(b) (i)Both kinetic friction and static friction are independent of area of contact.
(c)

From the diagram, fS =mg sinθ and N = mg cos θ

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


μS N = mg sinθ ------(1)
N = mg cos θ-------(2)
Dividing (1) by (2) Coefficient of static friction, μS = tan θ.
4 The static friction comes into play at the moment the force is applied.
(a) Write the relation between static friction and normal reaction.
(b) Determine the maximum acceleration of the train in which a box lying on its floor will remain
stationary, given that the coefficient of static friction between the box and the train’s floor is 0.15.
(c)State the laws of limiting friction.
Ans:
(a)The limiting static friction varies with the normal force(N) approximately as
max
f S =μ S N
Where μ S is a constant and is called as coefficient of static friction.
N is the normal reaction.
max
(b) To be stationary , f S =μ S N =ma
μ S mg=ma
−2
a=μ S g=0.15 x 10=1.5 ms
(c)Law of Static Friction:
The law of static friction may be written as
f S ⩽μ S N
5 The given graph ABCD shows variation of force with time for a body placed on a smooth
horizontal surface.

(a) Using the given graph, state whether the following statements are true or false.
i) The force acting on a body along AB is constant.
ii) The force acting on a body along CD is zero.
(b) i) State the law of conservation of linear momentum.
ii) Find the region on the graph at which the body moves with constant momentum.
Iii) Draw a momentum time graph for the given graph.

Ans: (a) (i)True


(ii)True.
(b) (i)The law of conservation of momentum states that “The total momentum of an isolated
system is conserved.”
(ii) CD (If Force is equal to zero , momentum remains constant).
(iii)

P D
BC

A t

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


6 a) State the following statements are True or False. Correct the statements if false.
i. A spring balance gives the mass of a body while a common balance gives its weight.
ii. If the same force is applied on two bodies of different masses for the same time, then the
change in momentum of two bodies is the same.
b) State Newton’s second law and arrive at the equation of force.
c) A motorcycle and a bus are moving with same momentum. Which of them has greater kinetic
energy? Justify.
Ans: (a) (i) False: Spring balance gives weight but common balance gives mass.
(ii) True: Because F dt =dp.
(b) It states that “The rate of change of momentum of a body is directly proportional to the
applied force and takes place in the direction of the applied force.”
⃗ ⃗
⃗ α d P OR F
F ⃗ =k d P
dt dt
Expression for Force:
By Newton’s second law,
⃗ d⃗P
F =k
dt
But ⃗P=m ⃗ v
Therefore
⃗ d (m⃗v )
F =k
dt
⃗ d ⃗
v
F =k m
dt

F =k m⃗a
But k=1 Therefore ⃗ F =m⃗a
2
P
(c) We have KE=
2m
1
As momentum are equal KE α
m
As mbus>m cycle we get KE cycle > KE bus
7 Friction is defined as the force which opposes the relative motion between two surfaces in contact.
a) Friction is a necessary evil. Explain.
b) What is meant by banking of roads?
c) Obtain an expression for maximum speed on a banked road without considering friction.
Ans: (a)Frictional force causes a lot of losses in general upkeep and wear and tear of machinery.
Hence it is considered as a evil.. Basic activities like walking and writing on a surface are possible
due to friction. Hence it is considered as a necessary evil .
(b)The process of raising the outer edge than the inner edge for a curved road is called
Banking of road.
The angle through which the outer edge is raised is called angle of banking.
(c)

From the diagram,

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


mg=N cos θ ----------------(1)
mv2
=N sin θ ---------------(2)
r
Dividing (2) by (1)
2
v
=tan θ
rg
2
v =rg tan θ
Therefore v =√rg tan θ
This is the expression for maximum speed on a banked road without considering friction
8 We are familiar with Newton’s laws of motion.
a) State Newton’s second law of motion.
b) Using the above law, explain:
i. Impulse – momentum principle
ii. Law of conservation of linear momentum
c) A circular racetrack of radius 300 m is banked at an angle of 15 0 . The coefficient of friction
between the wheels of a race car and the road is 0.2. Find:
i. The optimum speed of the race car to avoid wear and tear on its tyres.
ii. Maximum permissible speed to avoid slipping.

Ans:
(a) It states that “The rate of change of momentum of a body is directly proportional to the applied
force and takes place in the direction of the applied force.”
⃗ ⃗
⃗ α d P OR F
F ⃗ =k d P
dt dt
d⃗P
(b) (i) By Newton’s second law of motion, ⃗ F=
dt
Therefore Fdt =dp
That is Impulse = Change in momentum.
This is the impulse – momentum principle.
(ii) The law of conservation of momentum states that “The total momentum of an isolated
system is conserved.”

By Newton’s second law of motion, F ⃗=d P
dt
If F=0, dP=0 that is the momentum remains constant.
(c) (i) The optimum speed of the race car to avoid wear and tear on its tyres.
v =√rg tan θ
v =√300 x 9.8 x tan15=29 m/s
(ii) Maximum permissible speed to avoid slipping.


v=
Rg( tan θ +μ S )
(1−μ S tan θ )


v=
300 x 9.8 (tan 15+0.2)
(1−0.2 x tan 15)
=38.1 m/s

9 A circular track of radius 400m is kept with outer edge raised to make 5 degrees with the
horizontal.
a) What do you call this type of construction of tracks?
b) Obtain an expression for the maximum permissible speed considering the force of friction.
c) Calculate the permissible speed of the car if the coefficient of friction is 0.2.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: (a)Banking of roads.
(b)

Let R--> radius of circular path


θ --> angle of banking
μS -->Coefficient of friction.
From the diagram
N cos θ =mg+ f sin θ
N cos θ =mg+ μ S N sin θ
N cos θ −μ S N sin θ=mg
N (cos θ −μ S sin θ )=mg
mg
Therefore N= ------------------(1)
cos θ −μ S sin θ
mv2
Similarly =N sin θ +f cos θ
R
2
mv
=N sin θ +μ S N cos θ
R
mv2
=N (sin θ + μ S cos θ ) ----------------(2)
R
Substituting (1) in (2)
2
mv mg
= (sin θ + μ S cos θ )
R cos θ−μ S sin θ
v 2 g(sin θ +μ S cos θ )
=
R (cos θ −μ S sin θ )
2 Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
v=
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

Therefore v =

Dividing by cos θ,
Rg(sin θ + μ S cos θ )
(cos θ −μ S sin θ )

v=
√Rg( tan θ +μ S )
(1−μ S tan θ )
This is the safe velocity (maximum possible speed) for a vehicle on a banked road.
(c)Maximum permissible speed to avoid slipping.

v=
√ Rg(tan θ +μ S )
(1−μ S tan θ )

v=
√ 400 x 9.8(tan 5+ 0.2)
(1−0.2 x tan5)

v=
√ 400 x 9.8 x(0.287)
(1−0.0174)
=
√ 1125.04
0.9826
=33.84 m/s

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)The solution for learning Physics
Question Bank
Work Energy & Power
Each question scores One
1 When a conservative force does positive work on a body, the potential energy of the body..........
Ans: Decreases.
2 Work was done by a body against friction always results in a loss of its..............(KE/PE)
Ans: Kinetic Energy.
3 Calculate the work done in lifting a body of mass 10 kg to a height of 10 m above the ground
(g=10m/s2)
Ans: W=mgh =10 x10 x10=1000J
4 Unit of work is........
Ans: joule.
5 1J=......... erg
Ans: 107
6 Is work a scalar or vector?
Ans: Scalar.
7 The area under F-S graph will give.......
Ans: Work done.
8 Gravitational force is a .......................force (Conservative, Non Conservative)
Ans: Conservative.
9 Energy associated with motion is called.....
Ans: Kinetic energy.
10 Energy associated with position is called.....
Ans: Potential energy.
11 Energy associated with wound watch is.....
Ans. Potential.
12 Energy associated with spring is called.....
Ans: Potential.
13 Energy associated with water in a dam is.....
Ans : Potential.
14 Force × velocity is called.......
Ans: Power.
15 Unit of power is.......
Ans: watt or J/s
16 Dimension of power is.....
Ans: [M1 L2 T-3]
17 kWh is the unit of......
Ans: Energy.
18 Is power a scalar or vector?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Scalar.
19 Horse power is the unit of.....
Ans: Power
20 1hp=....... watt
Ans: 746 watt.
21 1kW =..... watt
Ans: 1000 watt.
22 Unit of Kinetic energy is.......
Ans: joule.
23 Relation between kinetic energy and momentum is.......
2
p
Ans:
2m
23 A constant force of 200 N displaces a body through 5m in the direction of force. The work done on
the body is......
Ans.1000J
24 A car is moving with a constant speed on a straight road. The net work done by external force on
the car is.....
Ans. Zero
25 The work done in sliding load is.....with respect to frictional force
Ans. negative
26 1kWh = ----------- joules
Ans:3600000 joules
27 A man carefully brings down a glass sheet from a height 2m to the ground. The work done by him
is ......
Ans. Negative
28 A man holds a heavy object weighing 50kg perfectly still for an hour. Calculate the work done by
him.
Ans. Zero
29 Work done by a man in lifting a bucket out of a well by means of a rope tied to the bucket is.....
Ans: Positive
30 Can a body have energy without momentum

Ans : Yes. A body at rest at a height has PE but its momentum is zero
31 Can a body have momentum without energy
Ans: No. if a body has momentum it has energy
32 Define conservative force
Ans: If the work done depends on the initial and final position it is said to be conservative
33 Define non conservative force
Ans: If the work done depends on the path followed it is said to be be non conservative.
34 Define elastic collision
Ans: The coalition which the momentum and kinetic energy of the system are conserved is called

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


elastic collision
35 Define in elastic collision
Ans: Collision in which momentum of the system is conserved and the kinetic energy of the system
is not conserved is called in elastic collision.

Each question scores Two


1 Find out the sign of work done in the following cases:
a) Work done by a man in lifting a bucket out of well.
b) Work done by friction on a body sliding down an inclined plane.
c) Work done by an applied force on a body moving on a rough horizontal surface.
d) Work done by the resistive force of air on a vibrating pendulum.
Ans: a) Positive.
b) Negative.
c) Positive
d) Negative.
2 Two bodies of masses m1 and m2 have the same linear momentum. What is the ratio of their kinetic
energies ?
2
P
Ans: Kinetic Energy KE=
2m
Given momentum of masses m1 and m2 are same.
KE 1 m 2
Therefore =
KE 2 m 1
3 Write any two properties of conservative force
Ans: 1. The work done by the conservative force depends only on the end points.
2. The work done by this force in a closed path is zero.
4 A light body and a heavy body have equal kinetic energies, which one has greater momentum?
Why?
Ans: Heavy body.
2
P
Kinetic Energy KE=
2m
Given Kinetic Energy are same.
There fore P2 α m Thus heavy body have greater momentum.
5 Write the work done in each of the following cases as zero, positive or negative.
a. Work was done by centripetal force in circular motion.
b. Work was done by friction.
c. Work was done by the gravitational force on a freely falling object.
d. Work was done by the applied force in lifting an object
Ans: a. Zero
b. Negative.
c. Positive
d. Positive.
6 A ball at rest is dropped from a height of 12 m. It loses 25% of its kinetic energy on striking the
ground. Find the height at which it bounces.
Ans: Given KE f =0.75 KE i (because 25% loss of KE)
Therefore mgh '=0.75 mgh
h ' =0.75 h=0.75 x 12=9 m.
This is the height it bounces to loss 25% of its KE.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


7 A car is moving with a constant speed on straight line, what is the network done by the external
force on the car? Justify
Ans: Zero. As the car is moving with constant speed, acceleration a=0 and hence F=0. Therefore
work done =0.
8 Fill in the blanks:

a) ------------- ⃗
F.⃗
S Scalar quantity
b) Mass , m Momentum , P KE=--------
c) Body of mass , m At a height , h PE = --------
d) Power P P= ---------- Scalar product.
Ans:

a) Work ⃗
F.⃗
S Scalar quantity
2
b) Mass , m Momentum , P P
KE=
2m
c) Body of mass , m At a height , h PE = mgh
d) Power P P= ⃗ F.⃗v Scalar product.
9 A force is required to do work. The work done by a force is the product of displacement and the
component of force in the direction of displacement. Prove this statement.
Ans:

F.⃗
From the diagram ,Work W= (Fcosθ) d = ⃗ d
10 Ramesh lifts a body of mass ‘m’ to a height ‘h’ near the surface of the earth in a time ‘t’.
a) Draw the force-displacement graph.
A
b) If ‘A’ is the area of the graph, what quantity does indicate?
t

Ans: a)

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


b) Area under the graph , A = Work.
A Work
Therefore = =Power
t time
11 Raju increased the speed of moving mass 50kg from 2 m/s to 4 m/s.
a) How much force will be required, if velocity change takes place within 0.2s?
b) How much work is done by Raju?
Ans:
(4−2)
(a) F = mass × acceleration = 50 × = 500N
0.2
1 2 1 2 1 2 2
(b) W = mv - mu = ×50 (4 −2 ) = 300J
2 2 2
12 In a nuclear reactor if 5g of fuel is completely converted into energy.
(a) Find the amount of energy released
(b) The average power of reactor is 3000MW.How long does this fuel last?
Ans:
5
(a) E= mc2 = x (3x 108 )2 = 4.5 x 1014 J
1000

14
E E 4.5 x 10
(b) P = , ie, t = = = 150000 = 41.6h
t P 3000 x 10 6
13 Force and displacement vector is given as ⃗ F =3 ^i + 4 ^j−5 k^ and d=5
⃗ ^i+ 4 ^j+ 3 k^
(a) Find work done.
(b) State the conditions under which a force does no work.
Ans:
(a) W =(3 ^i + 4 ^j−5 k^ ) (5 ^i+ 4 ^j+3 k^ ) = 15 + 16-15 = 16joule

(b) 1.displacement is zero


2. force and displacement are perpendicular to each other
14 Can a body have energy without momentum or vice versa? explain.
Ans:
Yes a body can have energy without momentum, that is Potential energy. But a body can’t
have momentum without energy.
15 a) What is the quantity that remains conserved in all types of collisions?
b) Suppose an electron and a proton are projected with equal kinetic energy, what will be the ratio
of their linear momentums if the proton is 1830 times heavier than an electron?
√2 me E = √me = 1

Pe
Ans: We have P = √2 m E =
Pp √2 m p E √mp 1830
16 A bullet of mass 10g and velocity 800 m/s is passed through a mud wall of thickness 1 m. Its
velocity reduces to 100m/s. Find the average resistance offered by the mud wall.
2 2 2 2
v −u 100 −800
Ans: Deceleration = a = = = - 315000 m/s2.
2s 2 x1
F = m x a = 10 x 10-3 x 315000 = 3150 N
17 Work is required to lift a body through a height from the ground.
Calculate the work done in lifting a body of mass 10 kg to a height of 10 m above the ground.
Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Workdone= m g h = 10×9.8×10 = 980 J
18 A body of mass 5kg is thrown vertically up with a kinetic energy of 490 J. Find the height at which
the kinetic energy of the body becomes half of the original value.
Ans:
Let it be at a height h/ say. At this height, the potential energy becomes half of the maximum value.
PE maximum = 490 J.
1
mgh/ = × 490
2
490 490
h/ = = = 5m
2 Xm X g 2 X 5 X 9.8
19 A car and a truck have the same kinetic energies at a certain instant while they are moving along
two parallel roads.
a) Which one will have greater momentum?
Ans
KE is same = E say. We have P = √2 m K . E
Pc = √2 mc E Pt = √2 mt E since mt > mc we get Pt > Pc
b) If the mass of truck is 100 times greater than that of the car, find the ratio of the velocity of the
truck to that of the car.

√ √
1 2 1 2 Vt mc 1 = 1
Ans: E = mc v c = mt v t => = =
2 2 Vc mt 100 10
c) A motorcycle and a bus are moving with same momentum. Which of them has greater kinetic
energy? Justify.
Ans:
2
P
Pm =Pb = P (say) K. E =
2m
P2 P2
Em = Eb = since mm < mb we get Em > Eb
2mm 2m b
20 Total energy of a system is always conserved, no matter what internal or external forces on the
body are present.
a).State true/ false.
b).Justify your answer.
Ans:
a).False.
b).External forces can change the total energy of the system
21 Distinguish between elastic collision and inelastic collision
Ans:
Elastic Inelastic
Momentum conserved Momentum conserved
Kinetic Energy conserved Kinetic energy is not conserved
Forces involved are conservative Forces involved are non conservative

22 Name any two forms of energy


Ans: Heat energy chemical energy internal energy electrical energy nuclear energy
23 Classify the following into conservative and non conservative forces

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1)Gravitational force2) viscous force 3) electrostatic force 4) frictional force
Ans:
1 and 3 – conservative
2 and 4 –non conservative
Each question scores Three
1 An object is dropped from a height H as shown below :

Show that total energy is conserved at the points A, B and C.


Ans: At the point ‘A’:-
Kinetic Energy , KE =0 (because velocity u=0)
Potential Energy , PE =mgH
Therefore,
Total Energy , TE = KE+PE
=mgH.-------(1)
At the point ‘B’ :-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2 1
But v 21=2 g( H −h) (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mg(H-h)
and PE = mgh
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mg(H-h)+ mgh
=mgH --------(2)
At the point ‘C’:-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2
But v 2=2 gH (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mgH
and PE = 0
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mgH+ 0
=mgH --------(3)
Thus Equation (1) , (2) and (3) shows that the total energy of a freely falling body is constant at
every point along its path.
2 a. State and explain the work done in the following situations:
i) A person carrying a heavy load walks on a level road.
ii) A man spending his energy by pushing on a concrete wall.
b. A constant force of 200 N displaces a body through 5m in the direction of the force. Find the
work done on the body.
Ans: a) i) Zero
ii) Zero.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


b) Work done W= F.S=200×5 =1000J
3 A man tries to lift a mass 200kg with a force 100N.
(a)Is he doing work? Explain.
(b) If yes, find the amount of work done. if no,find the force required to lift it.
(c) If it is lifted to 2m in 10 s, Find power.
Ans:
(a) No work is done because there is no displacement.100N force is insufficient to raise
200kg.
(b) Force required to lift is mg = 200×9.8 = 1960N
mgh 200×9.8×2
(c) Power = = = 392W
t 10
4 A constant force of 5N is applied on a body whose displacement with time is given in the
table below.
Time(s) 0 1 2 3 4
Displacement 0 2 4 6 8
(m)
(a) Draw the force displacement graph
(b) What is the significance of this graph?
(c) Draw displacement-time graph and from that determine the power.

Ans:
(a)

(b) Area represents Work done


(c)

Slope = 4/2 = 2 = v

Power = F.v = 5×2 = 10 W

5 (a)A truck and a car are moving with the same kinetic energy are stopped by applying same
retarding force by means of brakes. Which one will stop at a smaller distance.
(b) How the work energy theorem helps us to generate electricity?

Ans:
(a) Here the work done is equal to the loss of K.E. So both will stop at the same distance.
(b) P.E of water at the top of dam is converted to K.E of the bottom which is used to turn the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


turbine and electricity(or electrical energy) is produced.
6 A cyclist comes to a skidding stop in 10m. During this process, the force on the cycle dur to the
road is 200N and is directly opposed to the motion.
(a) How much work does the road do on the cycle? 1.5 score
(b) How much work does the cycle do on the road? 1.5 score
Ans:
(a) The work done on the cycle by the road is the work done by the frictional force on the cycle.
W= ⃗ F⋅⃗S .The frictional force and displacement make an angle 180o with each other. Iet, W=
FS cos ө = Fscos180o = -FS = -200×10 = -2000J
(b) Since the displacement of the road is zero, the work done by the cycle on the road is zero.
7 A ship of mass 105 kg moving with a velocity of 10 m/s is stopped by brake. Find the work done to
stop the ship?
Ans:
W= change in KE
1 2 1 2
W = mv − m u
2 2
1 5 2 5
W = . 10 .10 =50∗10 J
2

8 A motor pump can fill water in a tank of 40 m 3 at a height 5m from the ground in 30 minutes. Find
the power required for this process? Given density of water is 1000 kg/m^3.
Work
Power=
time
mgh
Power=
t
mass=volume×density
volume∗density∗g∗h
Power=
t
40∗1000∗9.8∗5
Power= =1111.11 W =P=1.11 KW
30∗60
9 a)Write the equation for potential energy of a spring.
b)A spring extended to a length x the energy stored is E. If it is extended a distance 2x, find the
energy developed in the spring in terms of E.
Ans:
1 2
a) E= k x
2
1 1 2
b) E = k (2 x ) =4 E
2
10 Derive an expression for potential energy of a stretched string
Ans:
Consider a spring of spring constant K let the spring be stretched by a force f through a small
distance dx
Work Done dw = f dx = kxdx
The work done in increasing the length of the spring by an amount x can be calculated by
integrating the above equation between the limit X = 0 to x

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


∫ dw= ∫ kx dx
W=k ∫ x dx= kx2/2
W= ½ kx2 – 0
W = ½ kx2

Each question scores Four


1 Power is the rate at which work is done.
a) Express power in terms of force and velocity.
b) An elevator carrying the maximum load of 1800 kg is moving up with a constant speed of
2 ms-l. The frictional force opposing the motion is 4000 N. Determine the minimum power
delivered by the motor to the elevator.
c) Express your above answer in horse power?
Ans: a) Power P= F v
b) The total down ward force , F=mg+Frictional force
= (1800×10) +4000=22000N
Thus minimum power to be supplied by the motor
P =F.V
=22000×2=44000W
c) 59 hp
2 a) State the work energy theorem.
b) Show that the potential energy of a body is completely converted into kinetic energy during its
free fall under the gravity.
c) A man carefully brings down a glass sheet from a height 2 m to the ground. The work done by
him is .........
1. (i) negative
2. (ii) zero
3. (iii) positive
(iv) unpredictable
Ans: a) Work -Energy theorem states that “Work done is equal to change in Kinetic energy”.
b)At the point ‘A’:-
Kinetic Energy , KE =0 (because velocity u=0)
Potential Energy , PE =mgH
At the point ‘B’:-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2
But v 2=2 gH (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mgH
and PE = 0
This shows that the potential energy of a body is completely converted into kinetic energy
during its free fall under the gravity.
c) negative.
3 Force is required to lift a body from the ground to a height h and work is measured as the product
of force and magnitude of displacement.
a. Name the energy possessed by the body at maximum height. Write an equation for it.
b. A man of mass 60 kg carries a stone of mass 20 kg to the top of a multi-storied building of
height 50m. Calculate the total energy spent by him? (9.8m/s 2 )
Ans: a) Potential Energy.PE = mgh
b) Energy Spent = PE

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


=mgh
= (60+20) x 9.8×50
= 39.2 x 103J
Each question scores Five
1 The total mechanical energy of the system is conserved, if the forces doing work on it are
conservative.
a) Derive a mathematical expression to explain work-energy theorem.
b) A particle of mass 4 m kg which is at rest explodes into three fragments. Two of the
fragments each of mass ‘m’ kg are found to move in mutually perpendicular directions with
speed ‘v’ m/s each. Find the energy released in the process of explosion.
Ans: a) Let m--> mass of the body
u--> initial velocity v--> final velocity
a--> acceleration
S--> displacement.
By equation of motion v 2=u 2+ 2as
2 2
v −u =2 as
(v 2−u2 )
Therefore as=
2
But W = F.S=m as
1 2 1 2
W = mv − mu =KE f −KE i
2 2
That is Work done is equal to change in Kinetic energy. This is the work energy theorm.
b) According to the law of conservation of linear momentum

P3=√P21 + P22=√(mv )2+(mv)2= √2 mv Thus , final Kinetic Energy of the system ,


2 2 2
P 1 P2 P3
KE= + +
2 m 2 m 2(2 m)
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 2
KE= mv + mv + mv = mv
2 2 2 2

2 Energy of a body is defined as its capacity of doing work”.


a). The energy possessed by a body by virtue of motion is known as .............
b). A body of mass 5 kg initially at rest is subjected to a horizontal force of 20 N. What is the
kinetic energy acquired by the body at the end of 10 s?
c). State whether the following statement is TRUE or FALSE. “The change in kinetic energy of
a particle is equal to the work done on it by the net force”.
Ans: a) Kinetic Energy.
b) Given m=5kg u=0 F=20N t=10s
We have F=ma
F 20
Therefore a= = =4 ms−2
m 5
Thus v =u+at=0+ 4 x 10=40 ms−1
1 2 1 2 3
Therefore KE= mv = x 5 x 40 =4 x 10 J
2 2
c) True
3 The figure shows a body of mass m placed at a height h. A, B and C are the three points on the
trajectory of this body.
a)Which is the type of energy possessed by this body at a height h?
b) Prove that total mechanical energy is conserved at B and C

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


c) A body of mass 5kg is thrown vertically up with a kinetic energy of 490 J. Find the height at
which the kinetic energy of the body becomes half of the original value.
Ans: a) Potential Energy.
b)At the point ‘B’ :-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2 1
But v 21=2 g(h−BC ) (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mg(h-BC)
and PE = mg(BC)
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mg(h-BC)+ mg(BC)
=mgh --------(1)
At the point ‘C’:-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2
But v 2=2 gh (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mgh
and PE = 0
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mgh+ 0
=mgh --------(2)
Thus Equation (1) and (2) shows that the total energy of a freely falling body is
constant at every point along its path.
KE i 490
c) KE f = =
2 2
1 2 490
Therefore mv =
2 2
1 2 490
5x v =
2 2
v2
That is v2 =98 m/s. Thus height h= (because u2 = 2v2)
2g
98
h= =5 m
2 x 9.8

4 The scalar product of force and displacement gives work. It can be negative, zero or positive.
a) The work done in sliding a load is ......... with respect to frictional force.
(zero, positive, negative, infinity)
b) State and prove the work energy theorem for constant force.
c) A pump on the ground floor of a building can pump water to fill a tank of volume 30 m 3 in
15 minutes. If the tank is 40 m above the ground and the efficiency of the pump is 30%, how
munch electric power is consumed by the pump?
Ans: a) negative.
b)Work -Energy theorem states that “Work done is equal to change in Kinetic energy”.
Let m--> mass of the body
u--> initial velocity v--> final velocity
a--> acceleration
S--> displacement.
By equation of motion v 2=u 2+ 2as
2 2
v −u =2 as

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2 2
(v −u )
Therefore as=
2
But W = F.S=m as
1 2 1 2
W = mv − mu =KE f −KE i
2 2
That is Work done is equal to change in Kinetic energy. This is the work energy theorm.
Output power
c) Efficiency η= =0.3
Input Power( Power consumed)
Output power
Therefore Input Power (Power consumed)= -------(1)
0.3
mgh (Volume x Density)gh
Output Power= =
t t
3
(30 x 10 )x 10 x 40 3
Output Power = =13.33 x 10 W
15 x 60
13.33 x 103
Substituting in (1) , we get Input Power (Power consumed)= =4.4 x 10 4 W
0.3
5 From the table given below:

a) Draw the force –displacement graph.


b) How can you find the work done from the above graph?
c) Suggest any two situations in which the work done by a force is zero.
d) A ball is pushed with a force of 3N for 2s along a frictionless track. The graph shows the
velocity of the body against time. How much work is done by the force?

Ans: a)

force

displacement

b) Area under the graph gives work done.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


c) i) When displacement =0.
ii) When force and displacement are perpendicular to each other.
d) From the graph , Displacement during 2 s, S= area under the graph
1
= x 2 x 0.5=0.5 m
2
Work done = F.S =3×0.5 =1.5 J
6 a) State and prove that the law of conservation of energy for a freely falling body.
b) Draw graphically the variation of kinetic energy and potential energy with the height of the body
in the above case.
Ans: a) The principle of conservation of total mechanical energy can be stated as “The total
mechanical energy of a system is conserved if the forces, doing work on it, are conservative”
Proof:
At the point ‘A’:-
Kinetic Energy , KE =0 (because velocity u=0)
Potential Energy , PE =mgh
Therefore,
Total Energy , TE = KE+PE
=mgh.-------(1)
At the point ‘B’ :-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2 1
But v 21=2 gs (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mgs
and PE = mg(h-s)
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mgs+ mg(h-s)
=mgh --------(2)
At the point ‘C’:-
1 2
Kinetic energy , KE = mv
2
But v 2=2 gh (because u=0, a=g)
Therefore , KE =mgh
and PE = 0
Therefore TE = KE +PE
=mgh+ 0
=mgh --------(3)
Thus Equation (1) , (2) and (3) shows that the total energy of a freely falling body is
constant at every point along its path.
b) Graph Showing the variation of KE, PE and TE with height for a freely falling body:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


7 A particle of mass m1 and moving with velocity u1 makes an elastic collision with another particle
of mass m2 at rest. Derive expression for velocity of m1 and m2 after collision assuming the
collision to be one dimensional.
Ans:
Consider a body A of mass m1 moving with velocity u1 makes an elastic collision with another
body B of mass m2 at rest(u2=0)After collision let the two masses A and B mov with velocities v1
and v2 respectively. As the cillisio is elatic momentum is conserved.
Momentum before collision = momentum after collision
m1u1= m1v1 + m2 v2 ……………………. (1)
Since K E is also conserved in elastic collision
½ m1u12= ½ m1v12+1/2 m2v22 ………………(2)
From eq (1) we get
m1(u1-v1) = m2v2 ………………………………(3)
From eq (2) we get
m1(u12-v12) = m2v22…………………………….(4)
eq (4) / eq (3) (u12- v12)/u1-v1 = v2
(u1- v1) ( u1- v1)/ u1- v1 = v2
V2= u1 – v1 ……………………………………..(5)
Substituting eq (5) in eq (1)
m1u1 = m1v1 + m2(u1- v1)
m1u1= m1v1+m2u1+m2v1
m1u1-m2u1= m1v1 +m2v1
(m1- m2)u1 =v1(m1+m2)
V1= (m1-m2)u1/m1+m2
Similarly
V2= 2 m1u1/m1+m2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)The solution for learning Physics
Question Bank
Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion
Each question scores One
1 The time rate of change of angular momentum is called....
Ans: Torque.
2 Radius of gyration of a disc rotating about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to
the disc
R
Ans:
√2
3 In pure rotation all particles in a body have the same.......
Ans: Angular velocity.
4 Relation between linear velocity and angular velocity is....
Ans: ω ×R
5 Moment of linear momentum is called.....
Ans: Angular momentum.
6 Moment of force is.........
Ans: Torque.
7 A ring and a disc of same radius are allowed to roll from same height over an inclined plane.
Which one will reach the ground first?
Ans: Disc.
8 The relation between linear acceleration and angular acceleration is......
Ans: a=rα
9 The product of moment of inertia of a body and its angular velocity will give......
Ans: Angular momentum.
10 Unit of angular momentum is.....
Ans: kgm2/s.
11 Unit of torque is....
Ans: Nm or Joule.
12 Unit of Moment of inertia is......
Ans: kgm2
13 Dimensional Formula of Angular momentum is....
Ans: [ML2T-1]
14 Dimensional Formula of Torque is....
Ans: [ML2T-2]
15 Is Angular momentum a scalar or vector?
Ans: Vector. (Axial vector).
16 Angular momentum has the same dimensional formula as that of.......
Ans: Plank's constant.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


17 Work and......... has the same dimensional formula.
Ans: Torque.
18 The quantity MK2 is called......
Ans: Moment of Inertia
19 If external torque acting on a system is zero, which physical quantity is conserved?
(linear momentum /Angular momentum)
Ans: Angular momentum
20 What are the rotational equivalents for the physical quantity force?
Ans: Torque
21 Write equation connecting torque and force

Ans: ⃗τ =⃗r X F
22 Write equation connecting angular momentum linier momentum
Ans: ⃗L=⃗r X P

23 The rotational analogue of force is------------------
Ans: Torque.
24 In pure rotational motion every particle of the body has the same angular velocity at any instant of time.
State whether this statement is True or False.
Ans: True
25 The rotational analogue of mass is called............
Ans: Moment of inertia.
26 If M is the mass and R is the radius of the sphere, write an equation for the moment of inertia of the
sphere about a diameter.
2 MR2
Ans: I sphere =
5
27 In translatory motion, angular momentum.........
i) is always zero
ii) is always greater than one
iii) may be present
iv) is always infinite
Ans: (iii) may be present.
28 The demonstration of conservation of angular momentum
is schematically shown in the figures. Identify the figure
which has more angular velocity.

Ans: Figure 2
29 The angular momentum of a particle is the rotational analogue of its -----------------
Ans: linear momentum.
30 The equation connecting angular momentum and linear momentum are ...............
Ans: ⃗l =⃗r x ⃗
P
31 The moment of inertia of a circular disc about an axis perpendicular to the plane, at the center is
given by .......................
2
MR
Ans: I disc =
2
32 Classical dancers bring their hands closer to their body to rotate faster. Name the principle
employed by them.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Law of conservation of angular momentum.
33 Two identical concentric rings each of mass M and radius R are placed perpendicular to each other.
What is the moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centre of mass of this system?
i) 3/2 MR2
ii) 2 MR2
iii) 3 MR2
iv) 1⁄4 MR2
Ans: i) 3/2 MR2
34 A solid sphere is rotating about a diameter at an angular velocity ω. If it cools so that the radius
reduces to 1/n of its original value, its angular velocity becomes......
(i) ω/n ii) ω/n 2 iii) nω iv) n 2 ω
2
Ans: n ω
35 Moment of inertia of a disc along the diameter is.......
Ans: MR2/4
36 The inability to stop rotational motion is called.........
Ans: Moment of inertia
37 Why spokes are provided in bicycle wheel?
Ans: This increases moment of inertia even when the mass is small. This ensures uniform speed.
38 A ballet dancer, an acrobat and an ice skater make use of an important principle in physics. Which
is that principle?
Ans: Conservation of angular momentum.
39 A cat is able to land on her feet after a fall. Which principle of physics is being used by her?
Ans: Principle of conservation of angular momentum.
40 A body is rotating in steady rate. What is torque acting on the body?
Ans: Zero. Torque is required only for producing angular acceleration.
41 Is radius of gyration of a body constant quantity?
Ans: No. It changes with change in position of the axis of rotation.
42 If two masses are equal, where does their centre of mass lie?
Ans: Midway between the two masses

43 Name the constant whose dimensions are same as that of angular momentum.
Ans: Planck’s constant

44 Does the radius of gyration depend upon the speed of rotation of the body?
Ans: No

45 Work done by centrifugal force is.....


Ans: zero

46 If most of the mass is concentrated on the rim, what will be the radius of gyration of the wheel
about the axis passing through centre of gravity and perpendicular to the plane?
Ans: It will be equal to the radius of the wheel
47 If angular momentum is conserved in a system whose moment of inertia is decreased, its rotational
Kinetic energy will be
Ans: Not conserved

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


48 Fly wheels are used in machines. Why?
Ans: To store rotational kinetic energy.
Each question scores Two
1 The possibility of falling backward with the ladder is more when you are high up on the ladder than
when you just begin to climb. Explain why? {NB:-Ladder is placed vertically near a wall}
Ans: torque increases. As we climb up, torque with respect to lower edge of the ladder increases
which may turn the ladder backwards.
2 Write an expression for the moment of inertia of the sphere about its axis passing through the
centre. What is its radius of gyration?
2
Ans: Moment of inertia of sphere I = M R2
5
2
M K2 = M R 2
5
=> K=

2
5
R

3 Moment of inertia can be regarded as a measure of rotational inertia. Why?


Write any two factors on which the moment of inertia of a rigid body depends.
Ans: Moment of inertia resists any change in the rotational motion of the body. So it is called
rotational inertia. (Note: Inertia means “resistance to change”)
4 The moments of inertia of two rotating bodies A and B are IA and IB (IA > IB) and their angular
Momentum are equal. Which one has a greater kinetic energy? Explain.
2 2
L2 L L
Ans: We have K.E = K.EA = and K.EB = . Since IA > IB K.EA < K.EB
2I 2I A 2IB
5 Remya stands at the centre of a turntable with her two arms outstretched. The table with an angular
speed of 40 revolutions / minute.
a) What will happen to the moment of inertia if she folds her hands back?
b) If the angular speed is increased to 100 revolutions / minute, what will be the new moment of
inertia?
Ans: a) Moment of inertia decreases.
b) We have according to the law of conservation of angular momentum, I1 ω1 = I2 ω2
I1 × 40 = I2 × 100 or I2 = I1 × 0.4 . Moment of inertia will be 0.4 times initial
value.
6 Explain Parallel axes theorem
Ans: Parallel axes theorem statement
2
I ' =I c + MR
7 Distinguish linear motion and Rotational motion
Ans:
linear motion: All particles in the system have same velocity.
Rotational motion: All particles in the system have same angular velocity
8 Derive the relation between torque and angular momentum
Ans:
Angular momentum ⃗L=⃗r × ⃗ P P=m×v
d⃗L d ⃗
⃗ )=⃗r × d P + d ⃗r × ⃗ d ⃗r ⃗
= (⃗r × P P Where × P=⃗v x m x ⃗v =0
dt dt dt dt dt
d⃗L ⃗ =τ (Torque)
=⃗r × F
dt
9 In the case of a ring, show that both the translational and rotational kinetic energy have the same
value.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1
Ans: Translational Kinetic energy, KE t= mv 2
2
1 2
Rotational kinetic energy, KE r= I ω
2
2 v
For a ring I =MR , ω=
R
2
1 v 1
Therefore KE r= MR 2 ( ) = Mv 2=KE t
2 R 2
That is both the translational and rotational kinetic energy have the same value.
10 A cord of negligible mass is wound round the rim of a fly wheel mounted on a horizontal axis as
shown in figure. Calculate the angular acceleration of the wheel if steady pull of 25 N is applied on
the cord.
MR 2
Moment of inertia of fly wheel about its axis I =
2
Ans: We have torque τ =I α =FR
2
MR
Therefore α =FR
2
MR
α =F
2
2F 2 x 25 −2
α= = =12.5 rad s
MR 20 x 20 x 10 −2

11 Find the moment of inertia of the ring about its diameter.


Ans: We have Iring =MR2 Iring
By Perpendicular axes theorem
Id + Id = MR2
2Id = MR2
MR2 Id
I d= Id
2
This is the Moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of
radius ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ about an axis passing through diameter.
12 What do you mean by the radius of gyration of a rolling body?
Ans: Radius of gyration is defined as the distance from the axis of rotation to a point where the total
mass of the body is supposed to be concentrated, so that the moment of inertia about the axis may
remain the same about the same axis of rotation
That is I=MK2
Therefore , Radius of gyration K=
I
M √
13 Fill in the blanks :
Body Axis Moment of inertia
Circular disc radius R Perpendicular to disc at centre --------------------------------------
Thin Circular ring radius R ------------------------------------ MR 2
2
Thin rod length L Perpendicular to rod, at mid- --------------------------------------
point
------------------------------------- Perpendicular to plane, at MR2
centre

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:
Body Axis Moment of inertia
Circular disc radius R Perpendicular to disc at MR 2
centre 2
Thin Circular ring About diameter MR 2
radius R 2
Thin rod length L Perpendicular to rod, at ML 2
mid-point 12
Circular ring of radius R Perpendicular to plane, MR2
at centre

14 The moment of inertia of a thin rod of mass M and length l about an axis perpendicular to the rod at
2
ML
its mid point is . Find the moment of inertia of the rod about an axis perpendicular to it and
12
passing through one end of the rod.
Ans:

Moment of inertia of a thin rod (scale) of length ‘L’ about an axis passing through mid point and
ML2
perpendicular is given by I rod =
12

By Parallel axis theorm,


L 2 ML2 ML2 ML2
I end=I rod + M ( ) = I end= + = I end=
2 12 4 3
This is the moment of inertia of the rod about an axis perpendicular to it and passing through one
end of the rod.
15 A solid cylinder of mass 20 kg rotates about its axis with angular speed 100 rad. s -l . The radius of
the cylinder is 0.25 m. What is the magnitude of angular momentum of the cylinder about its axis?
2
MR
Ans: Angular momentum L=I ω= ω
2
20 x 0.252
Therefore L= 100=62.5 Js
2
16 The figure shows two different spinning poses of a ballet dancer.
In which spinning pose does the ballet dancer have less angular
velocity? Justify your answer.
Ans:
Figure (a).
Angular momentum L =Iω is a constant .
Thus when she stretches his hands moment of inertia ‘I’
increases and hence angular velocity ‘ω’ decreases.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


17 Match the following:

Ans:
A B
Torque τ ⃗
⃗r x F
Angular momentum (L) Perpendicular to r and P
Rotational equilibrium Σ τ=0
Linear velocity ω
⃗ x ⃗r
18 State the theorem of parallel axes on a moment of inertia.
Ans: Theorem of parallel axes states that “The moment of inertia of a body about any axis is equal
to the sum of the moment of inertia of the body about a parallel axis passing through its centre of
mass and the product of its mass and the square of the distance between the two parallel axes”.
19 If the polar ice cap melts what will happen to the length of the day?
Ans: For earth, angular momentum is a constant(Lω=constant.ie no torque acts on the earth).When
the polar ice cap melts, the water thus formed will flow down to the equatorial region. The
accumulation of water in equatorial will increase the moment of inertia I of earth. In order to keep
the angular momentum as constant,ω will decrease. The decrease in ‘ω’ will increase the length of
the day
20 A girl has to lean towards right when carrying a bag in her left hand. Why?
Ans: When a girl carries her bag in her left hand, the centre of gravity of system will shift towards
left. In order to bring it in the middle, the girl has to lean towards right.
21 If the earth losses the atmosphere what will happen to the length of the day?
Ans: For earth, angular momentum is a constant(Lω=constant.ie no torque acts on the earth).When
earth losses the atmosphere, I decreases and ω increases to keep L as constant.Hence length of the
day decreases.
22 How does a circus acrobat and a diver take advantage of conservation of angular momentum?
Ans: The diver while leaving the spring board, is throwing himself in a rotational motion. When he

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


brings his hands and legs close, moment of inertia I decrease and ω increases. But before reaching
water he will stretch his hands and legs. Hence moment of inertia I increases and ω decreases. So
that he gets a smooth entry into the water.
23 Wheels of vehicles are in the from of rings rather than discs. Why?
Ans: Moment of inertia of ring is greater than that of a disc for the same massager the moment of
inertia greater the rotational motion. So the wheels are in the form of rings for vehicles.
24 Two satellites of equal masses, which can be considered as particles are orbiting the earth.
(a) Will their moments of inertia same or different?
(b)What will happen to moment of inertia when they are orbiting the earth with same heights?
Ans: A particle of mass ‘M’ revolving at a distance ‘r’ from the axis of rotation possesses moment
of inertia, I = Mr2
When the two satellites are of equal masses, I ∝r 2
i.e.,the moment of inertia of the satellite will be proportional to the square of the distance from the
centre of the earth. Hence in the first case, the two satellites have different moment of inertia and in
the second case, the two satellites have the same moment of inertia.
Each question scores Three
1 a) The rotational analogue of force is .........
b) The rotational analogue of mass is ............
Ans: a) Torque b) Moment of inertia
c) The turning effect of force is maximum when the angle between r⃗ and ⃗ f is……………….
0
Ans: 90
2 A wheel of mass 1000 kg and radius 1 m is rotating at the rate of 420 r.p.m. What is the constant
torque required to stop the wheel in 14 rotations, assuming the mass to be concentrated at the rim of
the wheel?
Ans: A wheel is a ring. For ring I = M R2 = 1000 x 12 = 1000 kg m2
420
Given initial frequency υi = 420 revolution per minute = = 7 revolution per second.
60
22
Initial angular velocity ωi = 2 π υi = 2 x x 7 = 44 rad/s
7
Final angular velocity ωi = 0
Total angular displacement before stopping θ = 14 x 2 π = 28 π rad
According to work energy theorem, the work done = the total change of kinetic energy

1
× 1000× (44 )2−0
2
That is, W = τ θ = ½ I ωf2 - ½ I ωi2 τ= = 11000 Nm
22
28 ×
7
3 A wheel starting from rest acquires an angular velocity of 10 rad/s in two seconds. The moment of
inertia of the wheel is 0.4 kg m2. Calculate the torque acting on it.
Ans: Given, ωi = 0 ωf = 10 rad/s t = 2 s I = 0.4 kg m2
ω −ωi 10−0
We have τ = I α = I × f = 0.4 × = 2 Nm
t 2
4 A solid cylinder of mass 20kg rotates about its axis with an angular speed of 100 rad s-1. The radius
of the cylinder is 0.25m. What is the magnitude of angular momentum of the cylinder about its
axis?
Given, M = 20 kg, ω = 100 rad/s, R = 0.25 m
2 2
MR 20×(0.25)
We have L = I ω = ω = × 100m = 62.5 kg m2/s
2 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


5 Remya stands at the centre of a turntable with her two arms outstretched. The table with an angular
speed of 40 revolutions / minute.
a) What will happen to the moment of inertia if she folds her hands back?
b) If the angular speed is increased to 100 revolutions / minute, what will be the new moment of
inertia?
Ans: a) Moment of inertia increases.
b) We have according to the law of conservation of angular momentum, I1 ω1 = I2 ω2
I1 × 40 = I2 × 100 or I2 = I1 × 0.4 . Moment of inertia will be 0.4 times initial
value.
6 Moment of inertia of a uniform disc about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to
the plane is MR2/2
a) State Perpendicular axes theorem (1 score)
b) Derive the expression for moment of inertia of a uniform disc about an axis passing through
the diameter. (2 score)
Ans: a) Statement I z=I x + I y
b) I x =I y =I d

I z=2 I d
2
MR
Iz 2 MR
2
I d= I d= I d=
2 2 4
7 A girl rotates on a swivel chair as shown below.
a.)What happens to her angular speed when she stretches her arms?
b.) Name and state the conservation law applied for your
justification.
Ans: (a) Angular speed decreases.
(b) Conservation of Angular momentum.
If the total external torque on a system of particles is zero,
then the total angular momentum of the system is conserved.
8 The handle of a door is always found at one edge of the door which is located at a maximum
possible distance away from hinges.
(a)Give reason for it.
(b)In which direction will the torque act while the door opens inside the room?
(c) If the door handle is fixed at the middle of the door, what difference do you feel in the applied
force to open the door.
Ans:
(a) Torque τ = r F sinϴ
From the above equation it is clear that, we get maximum torque when the handle of the door is
located at a maximum possible distance(r) away from hinge.
(b)The direction of torque is always along the axis of rotation of door.
(c)If the door handle is fixed at the middle, more force must be applied to get maximum torque that
is required to open the door.
9 (a) Moment of inertia is also called rotational inertia.why?
(b) How will you distinguish a hard boiled egg from a raw egg by spinning each on the table.
Ans:
(a)Rotational inertia is measured in terms of moment of inertia. Hence moment of inertia is also
called rotational inertia.
(b) A raw egg has more moment of inertia than boiled egg. Hence raw egg spins more time than
boiled egg.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


10 A circular disc of mass 0.15kg and radius 0.1m makes 120 revolutions in one minute about its own
axis.Calculate its angular momentum.
Ans:
L=I ω
2 2
MR 0.15×0.1 120
= × 2πf = ×2π× = 94.2×10-4 kgm2S-1
2 2 60
11 A child sits stationary at one end of a long trolley moving uniformly with speed v on a smooth
horizontal floor. If the child gets up and runs about on the trolley in any manner, what is the effect
on the speed of the centre of mass of the (trolley+child)system?
Ans: The forces involved in the given problem are the internal forces of the system. No external
force acts on the system when the child runs. So, there will be no change in the speed v of the
centre of mass of the trolley-child system.
12 A solid sphere is rotating about a diameter at an angular velocity ω.If it cools so that its radius
1
reduces to of its original value, its angular velocity becomes....
n
Ans:
I1ω1 = I2ω2
2
2 2 2 R
mR × ω = m ( ) ωI
5 5 n

ω I = n2ω
13 A coin is rolling on a plane surface.What fraction of its total kinetic energy is rotational?
Ans:
1 2 1 2
Total Kinetic energy, TE = mv + Iω
2 2
mr2 v
But I = ,ω=
4 r
1 2 1 mr2 v2 1 2 1 2
TE = mv + = mv + mv
2 2 4 r 2
2 4
3 2 1 2
TE = mv , Rotational kinetic energy KE = mv
4 4
Rot . KE 1/ 2 mv2 1
= =
T .E 3 / 4 mv 2 3
14 A ring rolls down the inclined plane without slipping.Find the velocity of the ring when it reaches
the ground.
Ans:
When a ring of mass ‘m’ rolls down from a height h,the potential energy converts into translational
kinetic energy and rotational kinetic energy.when body reaches the bottom,
1 1
mgh = K.E tran+K.E rot = mv2 + I ω2
2 2
v
But I = mr2 , and ω =
r
1 2 1 2 v 2 1 2 1 2
mgh = mv + mr × ( ) = mv + mv
2 2 r 2 2

mgh = mv2 , v= √gh

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Each question scores Four
1 We know that angular momentum is a quantity associated with rotation of a body.
a) Write down the dimensional formula of Angular momentum. (1score).
b) When polar ice melts what will happen to the duration of a day? (3 score)
Ans:
a) ML2T-1.
b)According to law of conservation of Angular momentum Iω = a constant.
I= MR2
When polar ice is in solid form r is small so I is small, then w will be large. When ice
melts r increases so I will increase and hence w will decrease. So when polar ice melts
rotation of earth become slow, so duration of a day will increase.
2 a)Write down the equation for Moment of inertia of a disc passing through its centre of mass
and perpendicular to the disc? (1 score)
b) Find the Moment of inertia of the disc tangential to the surface and parallel to the disc?
(3 score)
Ans:
a) MR2/2.
b) Moment of inertia of the disc through its diameter is = MR2/4.
According to parallel axes theorem.
I'=Icm+Ma2
I'= MR2/4 + MR2
I' = 5/4 MR2
3 a)In the absence of external torque........ Of an isolated system remains constant (1 score).
b) Why planets move faster at near region of sun and slower when they are far away?(3 score)
Ans: a) Angular momentum.
b) we know that when external torque is zero, Angular momentum remains constant.
Iw= a constant.
When planets are at near region of sun their r will be small. So I will be small. (I=MR2). So
their w will be large. When planets are at far regions, r is large, so I is large, then w will be
small. So planets are slow at far regions.
4 a) Can centre of mass of a body be a point outside the body?
b) Find moment of inertia of a disc of mass 9.5Kg having radius0.4m about an axis passing through
centre of mass and perpendicular to the surface? (2 score).
c) Find its moment of inertia about its diameter? (1 score)
Ans:
a) Yes, in the case of a ring.
b) I= MR2/2
I= 9.5×0.4×0.4/2
I= 0.76Kgm2
c) I'= 0.76/2
I'= 0.38Kgm2
5 State theorem of perpendicular axes on moment of inertia. Derive an expression to find the moment
of inertia of a disc about one of its diameters with the help of a neat diagram.
Ans: Theorem of Perpendicular axes states that “The moment of inertia of a planar body (lamina)
about an axis perpendicular to its plane is equal to the sum of its moments of inertia about two
perpendicular axes concurrent with perpendicular axis and lying in the plane of the body.”
Here IZ= IX +IY
Where IZ --> Moment of Inertia about Z-axis.
IX --> Moment of Inertia about X-axis.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


IY --> Moment of Inertia about Y-axis.
Moment of inertia of a thin circular disc of radius ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ about an axis passing
through diameter:
MR 2
We have I disc =
2
By Perpendicular axes theorem
2
MR
I d + I d=
2
2
MR
2 I d=
2
MR2
I d=
4
This is the Moment of inertia of a thin circular disc of radius ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ about an axis
passing through diameter.
6 dl
(a)Show that τ=  for rotational motion.
dt
(b) State the law of conservation of angular momentum.
(c) Write an example for the motion in which angular momentum is conserved.
Ans: (a) We have ⃗l =⃗r x ⃗ P
⃗ ⃗
d l d (⃗r x P )
Therefore =
dt dt
d ⃗l d⃗P d ⃗r ⃗
=⃗r x + xP
dt dt dt
d ⃗l
=⃗r x ⃗
F +⃗v x( m⃗v )
dt
d ⃗l ⃗ = τ and ⃗v x ⃗
Therefore =⃗τ (Because ⃗r x F v =0 )
dt
Thus Torque is equal to the rate of change of angular momentum.
(b)Law of conservation of Angular momentum:
If the total external torque on a system of particles is zero, then the total angular momentum of
the system is conserved.
(c)Planetary motion.
7 In a hammer throw event, a solid sphere of mass 16kg is tied to a light 50cm long chain. A
sportsman gives to it a constant moment of 30 Nm for 10 seconds and then throws the sphere.
Consider the sphere as a point mass.
(a)Find the moment of inertia about the axis of rotation. (1)
dL
(b)If ‘L’is the angular momentum and ‘τ’ is the torque, show that τ = (2)
dt
(c) Write an example for the motion in which an angular momentum remains constant (1)
Ans:
(a)Moment of inertia I = mr2 = 16 × 0.5 = 8 Kgm2
(b) Angular momentum of a particle, ⃗l=⃗ r ×⃗p
when differentiate on both side, we get
⃗ d
dl ⃗dp ⃗dr
= (⃗r ×⃗ p) = r⃗× + ×⃗ p = ⃗r × ⃗f +⃗v ×⃗p = ⃗r × ⃗
f +⃗
v m×⃗ v
dt dt dt dt


dl
= r⃗× f⃗ where ⃗
v ×⃗
v =0
dt

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



dl
=⃗τ ie the rate of change of angular momentum is the torque applied to it. This is similar to
dt
force equal to rate of change of linear momentum.
(c)Motion of earth around sun
8 Explain why friction is necessary to make the disc in roll in the direction indicated.
(a) Give the direction of the frictional force at B and the sense of frictional torque, before perfect
rolling begins. (1)
(b)What is the force of friction after perfect rolling begins? (1)
(c) A solid cylinder of mass 20 kg rotates about its axis with angular speed 100 rads-1.The radius of
the cylinder is 0.25m. What is the kinetic energy associated with the rotation of the cylinder? What
is the magnitude of the angular momentum of the cylinder about its axis? (2)
Ans:
Friction is necessary for rolling
(a)Frictional force at B opposes velocity of B.This frictional force provides frictional torque which
opposes the angular motion.
(b)Perfect rolling ensures the force of friction is zero
1 2 1
(c)Moment of inertia of the cylinder about its axis = mr = × 20 × (0.25)2 = 0.625kgm2
2 2
1 2 1
Rotational kinetic energy Erot = Iω = × 0.625 × (100)2 = 3125J
2 2
Angular momentum L = Iω = 0.625 × 100 = 62.5 Js
Each question scores Five
1 MR2
Moment of inertia about a diameter of a ring is I d=
2
a) Name the theorem that helps to find the moment of inertia about a tangent parallel to the
diameter.
b) Draw a diagram and find the moment of inertia about a tangent, parallel to the diameter of
the ring.
c) The rotational analogue of mass is .................
Ans: (a) Parallel axes theorem.
2
MR
(b)We have I diameter=
2
By Parallel axis theorem
2
I tangent =I diameter + MR

MR2 2 3 MR 2
I tangent = + MR =
2 2
(c) Moment of inertia.
2 The rotational analogue of force is moment of force, also called torque.
a) The turning effect of force is maximum when the angle between⃗ r and⃗F is.............
b) A wheel starting from rest acquires an angular velocity of 10 rad/s in two seconds. The
moment of inertia of the wheel is 0.4 kg m 2 . Calculate the torque acting on it.
c) The possibility of falling backward with the ladder is more when you are high up on the
ladder than
when you just begin to climb. Explain why.
Ans: (a) 900.
10
(b) Torque τ =I α =I ω τ =0.4 x =2 J
t 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


(c)When a person is high up on the ladder, than a large torque is produced due to his weight
about the point of contact between the ladder and the floor. Whereas when he starts
climbing up, the torque is small. Due to this reason, the ladder is more apt to slip, when one is
high up on it.

3 Moment of inertia is the analogue of mass in rotational motion. But unlike mass; it is not a fixed
quantity.
a) Moment of inertia can be regarded as a measure of rotational inertia. Why?
b) Write any two factors on which the moment of inertia of a rigid body depends.
c) The moments of inertia of two rotating bodies A and B are I A and I B (I A > I B ) and their
angular momentum are equal. Which one has a greater kinetic energy? Explain.
Ans: (a) The moment of interia about a given axis resists a change in its rotational motion.
Thus it can be regarded as a measure of rotational inertia of the body.
(b) (i)The mass of the body, (ii) Its shape and size;
L2
(c) We have KE=
2I
Here L, the angular momentum is a constant.
1
Therefore KE α
I
Given I A > I B Therefore KEB > KEA
4 In an experiment with a bicycle rim, keeping the ring in the vertical position with both the strings in
one hand, put the wheel in fast rotation (see fig). When string B is released,
the rim keeps rotating in a vertical plane and the plane of rotation turns
around the string A.
a) Mention the law that explains the above result.
b) Explain the practical example (shown in the fig) based on the
law mentioned in (a)
(c) How will you distinguish a hard-boiled egg and a raw egg by
spinning each on a table top?
(d)A solid cylinder of mass 20kg rotates about its axis with an
angular speed of 100 rad s -1 . The radius of the cylinder is 0.25m.
What is the magnitude of angular momentum of the cylinder about
its axis?
Ans:
(a) Law of conservation of angular momentum.
(b)Angular momentum L =Iω is a constant .
Thus when she stretches her hands moment of inertia ‘I’ increases and hence angular
velocity ‘ω’ decreases.
(c) To distinguish between a hard boiled egg and a raw egg, we spin each on a table top. The
egg which spins at a slower rate shall be a raw egg. This is because in a raw egg, liquid
matter inside tries to get away from the axis of rotation. Therefore, its moment of inertia I
increases and hence angular speed decreases. Whereas the hard boiled egg continues to
spin.
(d) Angular momentum L =Iω
MR2
L= ω
2
20 x 0.252
Therefore L= 100=62.5 Js
2
5 (a)The earth revolves around the sun in an elliptical orbit. The closest approach of the earth with the
sun is called perihelion. When the earth approaches the perihelion, its speed increases. Explain the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


principle. (1)
(b)A body rolls over a horizontal, smooth surface without slipping with a translational kinetic
2
k
energy E. Show that the total kinetic energy of the body is E (1+ 2 ) ,Where k is the radius of
R
gyration and R is the radius of the body. Using the above relation find the total kinetic energy of a
circular disc.(2)
(c) A wheel of mass 1000kg and radius 1m is rotating at the rate of 420 r.p.m. What is the constant
torque required to stop the wheel in 14 rotations, assuming the mass to be concentrated at the rim of
the wheel? (2)
Ans:
(a)Law of conservation of angular momentum. Angular momentum of rotating earth is constant.ie
Iω = constant. When earth approaches the perihelion, moment of inertia(I) decreases. To conserve
the angular momentum ‘ω’ increases.
1 1 1 1
(b) i)Total Kinetic energy, TE = mv 2 + I ω2 = mv 2 + k 2 ω2
2 2 2 2
2 2
1 2 1 2 V 1 2 1 2 k
= mv + k ( ) = mv + mv ×
2 2 R 2 2 R2
2 2
1 2 k k
= mv [1+ 2 ] ie, TE = E [1+ 2 ]
2 R R
ii)For circular disc I = MK2
2
mR R
I= , where K =
2 √2
2
K 1
here =
R
2
2
1 3
Total Kinetic Energy = E [1+ ] = E
2 2
420
(c)Initial angular velocity of wheel, ω1= 2πf = 2π×
60
ω1= 14π
Final angular velocity ω2 = 0
No.of rotations before coming to rest = 14
Angular displacement before coming to rest θ = 14 × 2π = 28π
We can find angular acceleration from the equation.
ω22 = ω21 - 2 𝛼 θ
2
0 = (14 π )2 - 2𝛼 28π
56π𝛼 = 196 π2
𝛼 = 10.99=11 rad/s
torque required to stop the wheel,
τ = I𝛼
τ = mr2 𝛼
τ = 1000×12×11= 11000Nm

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics
Question Bank
CHAPTER 8-GRAVITATION

Each question scores One


1 The acceleration due to gravity-----------with increase of altitude.
Ans: Decreases.
2 The acceleration due to gravity ----------with increase of depth.
Ans: Decreases.
3 At the centre of earth , the acceleration due to gravity ,g= -------
Ans : Zero.
4 Three objects with a mass of 40 kg each are placed in a straight line 50 cm apart. What is the net
gravitational force at the centre object due to the other two?
Ans: Zero.
5 Acceleration due to gravity is independent of ............ (Mass of earth / mass of body)
Ans: Mass of body.
6 Write the relation between acceleration due to gravity and gravitational constant.
GM
Ans: g= 2
R
7 Define acceleration due to gravity
Ans: The acceleration produced in a body due to force of gravity is called acceleration due to gravity and its
value is 9.8 m/ s2.
8 The value of acceleration due to gravity is maximum at the ------------------
i) Poles ii) equator iii) Centre of the earth (iv) None of these

Ans: Poles
9 a) A ball bounces more on the surface of the moon than on the earth. Explain why.
Ans: 1) small acceleration due to gravity at the surface of moon. 2) Zero air friction
b) Acceleration due to gravity is independent of ................ (mass of earth / mass of body)
Ans: Mass of the body
10 Escape speed of an object from the earth.......Ans: 11.2 km/s
11 A rat and a horse are to be projected from earth into space. State whether the velocity is the same or
different in projecting each animal. Justify.
Ans: Yes. Escape velocity is independent of the mass of the body projected.
12 What will be the period of a simple pendulum, if this experiment is performed inside a satellite?
Ans: we have, T = 2 π
l
g √
In a satellite which is revolving around earth, g = 0. Therefore T = Infinity. That means, the simple
pendulum will not oscillate at all.
13 Value of universal Gravitational constant is.......
Ans. 6.67×10-11 Nm2/kg2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


14 The gravitational force between two masses in air is F. If they are inside water of density
1000Kg/m3at the same initial distance. The new gravitational force will be
Ans: F
15 Dimensional formula of acceleration due to gravity is.......
Ans. LT-2
16 Variation of g with height is given by the equation......
gR 2
Ans. g'=
( R+h)2

17 Mass of earth is.....


Ans. 6×1024 kg
18 Radius of earth is......
Ans. 6400km
19 Volume of earth is....
a) Ans. 1021m3
20 Density of earth is......
Ans. 6×103 kg/m3
21 Density of earth is given by the eqn....
3g
Ans.
4 πRG
22 Weight of a body of mass m, at the centre of the earth is....
Ans: Zero
23 An object is placed at four different points A, B, C & D near the Surface of earth. which of the
point, the object feel Maximum weight

Ans: A
24 Choose the correct alternative
i.g increases / decreases with increase in the altitude
Ans. g decreases

ii.g independent of the mass of the earth / mass of the body.


Ans. Mass of the body

iii.g is maximum/ minimum at the poles.


Ans. Maximum

iv.g increases / decreases with increase in the depth


Ans. g decreases
25 A planet moves around the sun in an elliptical orbit with the sun at one of its foci. The physical

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


quantity associated with the motion of the planet that remains constant with time is:..............
(velocity, centripetal force, linear momentum, angular momentum)
Ans: Angular momentum is conserved (constant) because of the force of gravitational attraction
between the planets and the sun exerts zero torque on the planet.
26 Kepler’s second law states that the radius vector to a planet from the sun sweeps out equal areas in
equal intervals of time. This law is a consequence of the conservation of ...............
(time, mass, angular momentum, linear momentum)
Ans: angular momentum

Each question scores Two


1 A ball bounces more on the surface of the moon than on the earth. Explain why.
Ans: Ball bounces more on the surface of the moon because acceleration due to gravity at the moon
is 1/6 th that of the earth.
2 Derive an expression for variation of ‘g’ with height ‘h’ from the surface of earth.
Ans:
Let g--> acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth.
gh--> acceleration due to gravity at a height ‘h’.
h--> height from the surface of earth.
R--> Radius of earth.
M--> Mass of earth.
GM GM
We have g= 2 and gh= 2
R ( R+ h)
GM h −2
Therefore gh= =g(1+ )
2 h 2 R
R (1+ )
R
h
For << 1 , using binomial expression,
R
2h
gh=g [1− ]
R
Thus the acceleration due to gravity decreases with height from the surface of earth.
3 How do you explain weightlessness in an artificial satellite?
Ans: Astronauts merely feel weightless because there is no external contact force pushing or pulling
upon their body. They are in a state of free fall.
4 Can a person on the moon experience weight? Why?
Ans: Yes. Because there is a gravitational force of moon acting on the person. It is approximately
1/6 th of that due to earth. So the person experiences weight.
5 If you imagine the motion of a body from the centre of the earth to the surface of the moon, what
change will you observe in the weight of the body during that motion? (Neglect the effect of all
other objects).
Ans: At the centre of earth g=0, therefore the body feel weightlessness. As it moves to wards the
surface ‘g’ increases and hence the weight. At the surface of earth ‘g’ is maximum and hence
weight is maximum. As it goes from the surface of earth towards moon again ‘g’ decreases with
height and hence weight decreases to a minimum.
6 Why does earth impart same acceleration on all bodies?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


GM E
Ans: Acceleration due to gravity g= 2
RE
Where
G--> gravitational constant.
ME --> mass of earth
RE --> Radius of earth.
Here Acceleration due to gravity is independent of shape, size and mass of the body. Thus earth
impart same acceleration on all bodies.
7 At what height ’h’ the value of ‘g’ will be half of that on the surface of the earth? (Radius of earth is
=6400km)

Ans: At a height ‘h’


2
R
gh=g [ ]
R+h
g
When gh =
2
2
g R
=g [ ]
2 R+h
2
1 R
=[ ]
2 R+ h
1 R
=
√2 R+h
R+h=√2 R
h=( √2−1)R
Therefore h=(1.44−1)× 6400=2650 km .
8 Draw a graph showing the variation of ‘g’ with depth and height from the surface of the earth.
Assume that the density of earth is constant.

Ans:

9 Imagine a point mass ‘m’ maintained at the centre of a shell of uniform density having mass ‘M’. If
the radius of the shell is R, what will be the gravitational force exerted by the shell on the point
mass? Explain

Ans: Zero. As it is considered as the entire mass of the shell is concentrated at the centre of the
shell.
10 a)The kinetic energy of a satellite revolving around earth is 200MJ. What is its potential energy?
Ans: Potential energy of the satellite = - 400 M J

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


b)How much energy is required for it to escape from the gravitational pull of earth?
Ans: Minimum 200MJ energy (= T.E) is required to escape from the gravitational pull of earth.
11 Why G is called universal Gravitational constant?
Ans:The gravitational force between two masses is independent of the medium in which masses are
placed.
12 Mass and weight of an object on the surface of the Earth is 10kg and 98 N. What are the
corresponding values when the object is placed on the surface of moon ( given that acceleration due
to gravity on the surface of moon is g/6)
Ans: Mass on the surface of moon= 10kg
weight = mg' = mg/6= 98/6
= 16.33 N
13 Find the value of g at a height equal to Radius of earth?
Ans.
2
gR
g' =
( R+h)2
gR2
g'= 2
( R+ R)
2
gR
g'=
4 R2
g
g'=
4
14 The tidal effect of moon's pull is greater than tidal effect of the sun although sun's pull is greater
than moon's pull?
Ans. The distance between moon and earth is very much less than distance between sun and earth.
So the force due to moon is greater than that of sun.

15 Among the known types of forces in nature, gravitational force is weakest, then why it plays a
dominant role for motion of bodies on the terrestrial, astronomical and cosmological scale.

Ans. Gravitational force will be dominating when the masses are large. Here the bodies are lighter
but mass of earth is large. Similar to that if planets are considered gravitational force have dominant
role
16 Which is greater, the attraction of earth for 1 kg of iron or attraction of 1 kg irons for earth?
Explain.
Ans. Both forces are same. One is the action and the other one is the reaction. As per newton's third
law action and reaction are equal and opposite. So they are same
17 No two bodies on earth move towards each other due to force of gravitational attraction between
them. Why?
Ans. Here the masses are lighter, so the gravitational force between them will be very small
18 When an apple falls towards the earth, the earth move up to meet apple. Is this true? If yes why
earth's motion is not noticeable?
Ans. No. F=ma. Here mass of earth is very large, so acceleration produced on earth will be
infinitesimally small, so there is no noticable movement.
19 An aircraft is going from earth to moon how does its weight change as it goes from earth to moon?
Will be there any change in mass?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans. No. Mass is a constant. It will not change from place to place
20 Why one can jump higher on the surface of moon. than on earth?
Ans. g on the surface of moon is 1/6 to the g of earth. So weight will be reduced. So we can jump
more height on the surface of moon than on the earth
21 Explain why tennis ball bounces higher on hills than in plains?
Ans. g at the top of hills should be small comparing to that at the surface. So weight will be less and
it bounces more at the top of hills
22 Find the value of g of a planet having mass 4 times that of earth and radius double that of earth?
g=GM/R2
g'= G4M/(2R)2
g'= 4GM/4R2
g'= GM/R2
g'=g
23 Find the value of g at a depth equal to 1/4 of radius of earth?
d
Ans. g'= g(1− )
R
R/ 4
g'= g(1− )
R
g'=g(1-1/4)
g'=3g/4
24 Escape the velocity of a planet is 20 km/s. Find the orbital velocity of the smallest possible orbit.

Ans: Ve = Vo√2

Vo = Ve/√2 = 20/√2

Vo = 14.14 km/s
25 Earth revolves around the sun in elliptical orbit. The closest approach of earth with the sun is called
perihelion. When earth approaches the perihelion, its speed increases. Explain?
Ans: For any planet like earth, L = mvr = constant
vr = constant
When earth is near to sun r decreases hence v increases.
26 State Kepler’s first law of planetary motion.

Ans:

“Every planet revolves round the sun in an elliptical orbit with sun at one of its foci”.
27 State Kepler’s second law of planetary motion.

Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


“The radius vector drawn from the sun to the planet sweeps out equal areas in equal intervals of
time”
28 State Kepler’s third law of planetary motion.

Ans: “The square of the time period of revolution of the planet around the sun is proportional to the
cube of the semi-major axis of the elliptical orbit”
T 2 α a3

Each question scores Three


1 Acceleration due to gravity decreases with depth.
(a). Prove the above statement by deriving the proper equation.
(b). Using the equation, show that acceleration due to gravity is maximum at the surface and zero at
the centre of the earth.

Ans: (a) Let g--> acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth.
gd--> acceleration due to gravity at a depth ‘d’.
d--> depth from the surface of earth.
R--> Radius of earth.
M--> Mass of earth.
ρ-->density of earth.
GM
We have g= 2
R
4 3
But mass M = π R ρ
3
4
Therefore g= π R ρ G
3
4
Similarly gd = π ( R−d ) ρ G
3
d
Therefore gd =g[1− ]
R
Thus the acceleration due to gravity decreases with depth from the surface of earth.
(b) At the surface of earth d=0, therefore acceleration due to gravity is maximum. At the centre of
earth d=R, therefore acceleration due to gravity is equal to zero.
2 Find the height at which g become 1/3 of g at the surface?(Radius of earth is =6400km)

Ans.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2
gR
g' = 2
( R+h)
2
g gR
=
3 ( R+h)
2

2 2
(R+h) =3R
R+h= √3 R
h=( √3 -1)R
h=(1.73-1)×6400Km
h=0.73×6400Km
h=4672Km
3 Find the height at which value of g at that point is equal to value of g at a depth 600Km from the
surface?
Ans. At a height
2h
g'= g(1− )
R
d
At a depth g'= g(1− )
R
Both are equal.

2h d
g(1− ) = g(1− )
R R
2h d
(1− ) = (1− )
R R
2h=d
h=d/2
h=600/2=300Km
4 Find the percentage change in g at a height 3200 Km from the surface of earth? (Radius of earth is
=6400km)
Ans:
gR 2
g' =
( R+h)2
2
gR
g'= 2
R
( R+ )
2
2
gR
g'=
( 9 R 2)
4
g'=4g/9
Percentage change
=(g-g')*100/g
=5*100/9
=55%
5 A comet orbits round the sun in a highly elliptical orbit.
(i) Does the comet have a constant
a) Linear speed
b) Angular speed
c) Angular momentum

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


d) Kinetic energy
e) Potential energy
f) Total energy throughout the orbit?
(ii) What are the consequences if the angular momentum is conserved?

Ans:
(i) angular momentum and total energy throughout the orbit.
(ii) Areal Velocity, dA/dt = L/2m = constant
L = mvr = constant
vr = constant
When r increases v decreases
6 A Saturn year is 29.5 times the earth year. How far is the saturn from the sun if the earth is
1.50×108 km away from the sun?
Ans: Ts = 29.5 year, as = ?, Te = 1 year, ae = 1.50×108 km
By Kepler’s third law, we have Ts 2 α as3.......... (1)
Te 2 α ae3.......... (2)
(1)/(2) => Ts 2/Te 2 = as3/ae3
(29.5)2/1 2 = as3/(1.50×108) 3
as = 1.43×109km
7 Prove that the areal velocity of a planet is constant.
Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


8 Find the height at which the acceleration due to gravity is reduced to half.
Ans:

Each question scores Four


1 The value of acceleration due to gravity (g) is same for all objects at a given place.
(a) Derive an equation for the acceleration due to gravity in terms of radius (R) and mass (M) of the
earth.
(b)Arrive at mathematical expressions for variation of g below and above the surface of the earth.

Ans: (a)If the mass m is situated on the surface of earth, then


GmM E
F=mg= 2
RE
Therefore
GM E
Acceleration due to gravity g= 2
RE
Where G--> gravitational constant.
ME --> mass of earth
RE --> Radius of earth.

(b)Variation of acceleration due to gravity with depth from the surface of earth:
Let g--> acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth.
gd--> acceleration due to gravity at a depth ‘d’.
d--> depth from the surface of earth.
R--> Radius of earth.
M--> Mass of earth.
ρ-->density of earth.
GM
We have g= 2
R
4 3
But mass M = π R ρ
3
4
Therefore g= π R ρ G
3
4
Similarly gd = π ( R−d ) ρ G
3
d
Therefore gd =g[1− ]
R
Thus the acceleration due to gravity decreases with depth from the
surface of earth.
Variation of acceleration due to gravity with altitude (height) from
the surface of earth:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Let g--> acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth.
gh--> acceleration due to gravity at a height ‘h’.
h--> height from the surface of earth.
R--> Radius of earth.
M--> Mass of earth.
GM GM
We have g= 2 and gh=
R ( R+ h)2
GM h −2
Therefore gh= =g(1+ )
2 h 2 R
R (1+ )
R
h
For << 1 , using binomial expression,
R
2h
gh=g [1− ]
R
Thus the acceleration due to gravity decreases with height from the surface of earth.

2 Earth satellites are objects which revolve around the earth. Consider a satellite at a height ‘h’ from
the surface of the earth
a) Give an equation for its orbital velocity. b) Obtain an equation for the period of the above
satellite.
Ans:a) v0 =
√ GM
R+ h

b)Time period of satellite


It is the time taken by the satellite to revolve once round the earth. If r is the radius of the orbit and


2π r GM
v is the orbital velocity, time period, T = -------(1) But vo = -------- (2)
vo r
2π r


3
= 2π r
Substituting eq (2) in eq (1) we get T = G M
√ r
GM
-------- (3).


3
( )
But r = R + h. Therefore T = 2 π R+ h -------- (4).
GM

c) The direction of revolution of geostationary satellite is from ………….


i) east to west ii) west to east iii) north to south iv) south to north
Ans: west to east
3 Nowadays we are familiar with satellites.
a)Why does satellite need no fuel to go around a planet in its fixed orbit?
Ans: While a satellite is revolving around earth, the necessary centripetal force is provided by the
gravitational force of attraction. No other force is required for the satellite to keep in orbital motion.
That is why a satellite needs no fuel to go around a planet in its fixed orbit.
b) Obtain an equation for the orbital velocity of a satellite revolving around earth. Hence explain
why the orbital velocity of a satellite is independent of mass of the satellite but depends on the mass
of the planet.
Ans: Consider a satellite of mass m moving round in a closed orbit of radius r with orbital velocity
vo. Let M be the mass of earth and R its radius.
When the satellite is in stable orbit, the centripetal force is provided by the gravitational force.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



2
m v0 GM m GM
That is = 2 or v0 = -------- (1)
r r r
If h is the height of the satellite above earth, r = R + h

√ GM GM
v0 = -------- (2) But g = 2 or G M = g R2 -------- (3).
R+ h R


2
Substituting eq(3) in eq(2) we get v0 = g R -------- (4)
R+ h
According to the above equation the orbital velocity of a satellite is independent of mass of the
satellite but depends on the mass of the planet.
c) The moon does not have an atmosphere around it. Give reason.
Ans: If gases molecules were present in moon, the rms velocity of the gas molecules would be
greater than escape velocity on the surface of moon and hence all gases molecules were escaped
out.

Each question scores Five


1 a) The minimum velocity with which a body is to be projected so that it never returns to earth is
called the escape velocity. Arrive at an expression for escape velocity of earth.
Ans:
Let M be the mass of earth and R is its radius. Let ve be the velocity of a body of mass m with
which it is to be projected so that it escapes from the gravitational field of earth.
Kinetic energy near the surface of earth K.E= ½ m ve2
−G M m
Potential energy of the body on the surface of earth , P . E =
R
Total energy of the body near the surface of earth,
−G M m
T . E = K . E + P . E = ½ m ve2 + -------- (1)
R
At infinity, K.E = P.E = 0. Therefore the total energy of the body at infinity = 0 -----(2)
According to the law of conservation of energy, the total energy near the surface of earth is equal to
−G M m
the total energy at infinity. That is ½ m ve2 + =0
R
Or ½ m ve2 =
GM m
R
or ve =
√ 2G M
R
-------- (3)


2
Put G M = g R2 in eq (3) we get, ve = 2 g R = √2 g R ------ (4)
R
b) Explain whether escape velocity depends on mass of the body or not.
We have the escape velocity ve =
√ 2G M
R
According to this equation the escape velocity is independent of the mass of the body.
c) Show how escape velocity and orbital velocity are related.
Ans: We have the orbital velocity for minimum orbit, v01 = √g R
Therefore, escape velocity ve = √2 g R = √2 v0
escape velocity = √2 orbital velocity for minimum orbit.
d) A satellite is revolving very close to earth. What is the percentage increase in velocity needed to
make it escape from the gravitational field of the earth?
Ans: 41.4% Note:
√2 v−v × 100= (1.414−1 ) ×100=41.4 %
v

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The solution for learning Physics
Question Bank
Mechanical Properties of Solids
Each question scores One
1 Name the law relating stress and strain.
Ans: Hooke’s law.
2 “Strain has no unit and dimension” -True/false.
Ans: True.
3 Stress has the same dimension as that of -------------
Ans: Pressure.
4 Modulus of elasticity for a rigid body is -------------
Ans: Infinity.
5 For ductile materials , ultimate stress point and fracture points are -----------(very close/far apart)
Ans: Far apart.
6 For brittle materials , ultimate stress point and fracutre points are ------------(very close/ far apart)
Ans: Very close.
7 Slope of stress strain graph will give.............
Ans. Modulus of elasticity.
8 Unit of stress is.......
Ans: N/m2.
9 The maximum value of elasticity is called............
Ans. Elastic limit.
10 Glass is a............ Material. (Brittle/Ductile)
Ans. Brittle.
11 Aorta is a .............. Material
Ans. Elastomer
12 The property by virtue of which a body regains it’s original shape on removal of he deforming force
is called........
Ans: Elasticity
13 The ratio of Tensile stress to Longitudinal strain is called.......
Ans: Young’s modulus
14 The ratio of shearing stress to shearing strain is called.......
Ans: Shear modulus
15 The ratio of hydraulic stress to the corresponding volume strain is called...........
Ans: Bulk modulus
16 The ratio of lateral strain to longitudinal strain is called.........
Ans: Poisson’s ratio
17 The reciprocal of bulk modulus is called.......
Ans: Compressibility
18 The value of Young’s modulus for a perfectly elastic body is.....

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: infinity
19 The value of Young’s modulus for a perfectly plastic body is.....
Ans: Zero

Each question scores Two


1 Rope of cranes is made of a number of thin wires braided together. Why?
Ans: If we use a number of thin wires braided together instead of a thick one, flexibility can be
increased.
OR
Stress= Force/area When we braid the thin wires together, area of cross section increases.
Then the stress reduces. So we can save it from breaking.
2 When a spring balances are continuously used for long time, they show wrong reading. Explain
Why?
Ans: This is due to elastic fatigue.
3 Why are girders for supporting roofs or bridges formed in the shape of I?
Ans: This is because this section provides a large load bearing surface and enough depth to prevent
bending. This shape reduces the weight of the beam without sacrificing the strength and hence
reduces the cost.
4 A cable is replaced by another one of the same length and material but of twice the diameter. Find
the maximum load that the new wire can support without exceeding the elastic limit, as compared
to the load that the original wire could support.
Ans: Four times as that of original wire. Here area of cross-section of the new cable is four times
the original cable. Ultimate tensile stress is same for both wires. Stress = Force / Area.
6 Distinguish between elasticity and plasticity.
Ans: The property of a body, by virtue of which it tends to regain its original size and shape when
the applied deforming force is removed, is known as elasticity.
The inability of a body to regain its original size and shape when the applied deforming force is
removed, is known as plasticity.
7 What is meant by elastic fatigue?
Ans: The elastic fatigue may be defined as the loss of strength of the material caused due to
repeated alternating strains to which the material is subjected.
8 A heavy wire is suspended from a roof but no weight is attached to its lower end. Is it under stress?
Justify your answer.
Ans: A heavy wire (even when no weight is attached to it) is under stress, when it is suspended
from a roof. It is because , the weight of the heavy wire acts as the deforming force.
9 What is the limitation of Hooke’s law?
Ans: Its holds good , when a wire is loaded within its elastic limit.
10 What is an elastomer? Give examples.
Ans: Materials for which stress-strain graph is not a straight line within elastic limit.
Do not obey Hooke’s law.
The elastic region is very large.
No plastic region.
Examples: Rubber, the elastic tissue of aorta.

11 What is a deforming force?


Ans: A force that produces a change in shape or size of a body is called the deforming force

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


12 Why are bridges declared unsafe after long use?
Ans: A bridge undergoes continuous a large number of alternating strains everyday, which results in
the loss of its elastic strength which may lead to the collapse of the bridge.
13 Why do spring balance show wrong readings after they have been used for a long time?
Ans: When a spring balance has been used for a long time, the spring in the balance gets fatigued
and there is a loss of the strength of the spring. So spring balance show wrong readings after they
have been used for a long time.
14 The Stress-Strain graph of two materials A and B are shown below.
(a)State the law which relates stress with strain.
(b)Which of the two materials is more ductile?
Ans:(a) It states that “within the elastic limit stress is
directly proportional to strain”.
(b) material A.

15 A steel wire of length 1.5 m and diameter 25 cm is loaded with a force of 98 N. The increase in the
length of the wire is 1.5 × 10 -4 m. Calculate the tensile stress and the fractional change in length of
the wire.
F F
Ans: Tensile stress = = 2
A πr
98 7 −2
Thus Tensile stress = −2 2
=1.99 x 10 Nm
3.14 x (12.5 x 10 )
Δ L 1.5 x 10−4 −4
Fractional change in length = = =10
L 1.5
16 A typical stress-strain graph of a metallic wire is shown below.
(a) Write the name of the point B labelled in the graph.
(b) For materials like copper, the points D and E are ...................
(close/far apart).
Ans: (a) Elastic limit
(b) Far apart.

17 The stress-strain curve of two bodies A and B are given in the figure.

Which of the two materials is preferable to be used as a rope in a crane? Substantiate your answers.

Ans: Material A is preferred. Ultimate stress for ‘A’ is greater than that of ‘B’.
18 A rubber band can be pulled to several items its original length.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


a) Draw the stress-strain graph of a rubber band.
b) Rope of cranes is made of a number of thin wires braided together. Why?

Ans: (a)

(b) To reduce stress.

19 The graph below shows how the force applied to a metal wire is related to the extent ion of the
wire.

Write the letter that corresponds to:


i) Elastic limit
ii) Fracture point
Ans: (i) B
(ii) E
20 Which is more elastic A, B or C? Justify your answer.

Ans:‘A’. Small strain for large stress.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


21 Which is more elastic, steel or rubber? Why?
Ans: Steel. For a given stress , strain is small for steel.
22 State Hooke’s law.
Ans: It states that “With in the elastic limit stress is directly proportional to strain”.
i.e. Stress α Strain.
23 Define stress?
Ans. Deforming force per unit area is called stress.
24 Define strain?
Ans. It is the ratio of change in dimension to the original dimension.
25 Name the stresses produced when a spring is elongated?
Ans. Linear stress and shearing stress.
26 Define linear strain and volume strain?
Ans. Linear strain is the ratio of change in length to original length.
Volume strain is the ratio of change in volume to original volume.
27 State the Units and dimensions of Stress.
Ans: Units of stress: Nm–2 or Pascal
Dimensions of stress: ML− 1 T − 2]
28 Give example of nearly perfectly elastic and plastic bodies.
Ans: Nearly perfectly elastic body: Quartz fibre.
Nearly perfectly elastic body: Clay, wax.
29 A copper wire of 1 mm diameter is stretched by applying a force of 10 N. Find the stress in the
wire?
Ans: Stress=Force/Area
F 10 7 −2
Stress= 2
= −3 2
=1.273×10 N m
π r 3.14×(.5×10 )
30 The longitudinal strain for a wire is 0.03 and Poisson’s ratio is 0.5. Then it’s lateral strain is........
Ans:
Poisson’s ratio= lateral strain / longitudinal strain.
Lateral strain= Poisson’s ratio × longitudinal strain= 0.03 × 0.5= 0.015
31 Solids are least compressible but gases are most compressible. Why?
Ans:
The molecules in solids are strongly coupled with neighbouring ones. But molecules in gases are
very poorly coupled to their neighbours.
32 A metal cube of side 10cm is subjected to shear stress of 104 N/m2. Calculate the rigidity modulus if
the top of the cube is displaced by 0.05 cm.
Ans:
Shear stress= 104 N/m2
Shear strain= 0.05/10= 0.005
Shear(rigidity) modulus= Shear stress/ shear strain= 104 N/m2 / 0.005= 0.2 × 107 N/m2
33 Which is more elastic, steel or rubber?
Ans:
Steel is more elastic. This is because when large deforming force is applied to steel and rubber,
steel retains its original dimensions better than rubber.
34 A spring is loaded and suspended freely. What is the elastic modulus involved?
Ans: Rigidity modulus as the shape is changing.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


35 A rod is clamped at one end and loaded at the other end. If the loaded end is pushed and released,
the mass oscillates. Which modulus of elasticity is involved?
Ans: Young’s modulus.

Each question scores Three


1 Hooke’s law states that stress α strain.
a) What is the necessary condition for the above law to be valid?
b) Explain with the help of a graph, the relation between stress and strain for a given solid
material under increasing tensile stress.
Ans: (a)The law is valid only for small deformation and it is obeyed only with in the elastic limit.
(b)

2 The stress-strain graph for wires of two materials A and B are given below.

a) Which material is more ductile?


b) When a spring balances are continuously used for long time, they show wrong reading. Explain
why.
Ans:(a) Material ‘A’
(b) Due to elastic fatigue the spring temporarily losses its elasticity and the balance shows
wrong reading.
3 Ultimate stress of rock is 3×108N/m2. Find the maximum height possible for a mountain? Given
density of rock is 3×103 kg/m3.
Ans: Stress = pressure
Stress= hρg
3×108=h×3×103×10
h=10000m
h=10km
1
Show that elastic average energy density = ×Stress×Strain
4 2
Ans. Stress=Force/area

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Δl
Strain=
l

1 1 Force Δ l 1 Energy
×Stress×Strain = × × = ×
2 2 Area l 2 Volume

Energy Density
= =Average energy density
2
5 A spherical ball contracts by volume 0.01%, when subjected to a normal uniform pressure of 107
Pa. Calculate the bulk modulus of the material of the ball.
P
Ans: Bulk modulus= = 107/ (0.01/100)= 1011 Pa
ΔV
V
6 A load 2 kg produces an extension of 1.5mm in a wire of length 4.5m. The radius of the wire is
0.3mm. Calculate the Young’s modulus of the material of the wire.

Ans:
FL
Y=
A × ΔL
A= πr2= π(3×10-4)2
L= 4.5m
F= 2×9.8 N
ΔL= 1.5× 10-3 m
FL
Y= = 2 × 9.8×4.5 / π(3×10-4)2 × 1.5× 10-3 = 2.08×1011 Pa
A × ΔL
7 The diameter of a brass road is 2 mm. Brass has a Young’s modulus 8.8×1010 Pa. Calculate the
stress and strain when it is extended by 0.2% of its length.

Ans: Strain= 0.2/100= 0.002


Stress= Strain × Young’s modulus = 0.002 × 8.8X1010= 1.76 × 108 Pa

Each question scores Five


1 a)State and explain Hooke's law.
b)A wire is fixed at one end is subjected to increasing load at the other end. Draw a curve between
Stress and Strain and with the help of the curve, explain the terms
a)proportional limit b)yield point c) permanent set d)fracture point
c)How does this curve may be used to distinguish between ductile and brittle substances?

Ans:
a)Hooke’s law states that within the elastic limit stress is directly proportional to strain.
Stress α Strain
Stress = K x Strain
Where K is known as modulus of elasticity.
If a material obey Hooke’s law, the graph connecting
stress and strain will be a straight line.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


b)

c) If the points D and E are very close to each other the material is brittle and if they are far apart,
the material is ductile.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics
Question Bank
CHAPTER 10-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS

Each question scores One


1 The hydraulic lift is based on which of the following
a) Bernoulli's principle
b) Pascal's Law
c) Archimedes' principle
d) Boyle's law

Ans: Pascal's Law


2 Pick the odd one out from the following
a) Atomiser
b) Hydraulic Lift
c) Venturimeter
d) Aerofoil

Ans: Hydraulic Lift


3 SI Unit of pressure is....

Ans: N/m2 or Pascal.


4 Dimensional formula of pressure is......

Ans: ML-1T-2
5 Pressure is a.... quantity?

Ans. Scalar (Tensor)


6 Pascal's law is applicable to......

Ans. Continuous liquid at rest.


7 Hydraulic lift is based on.......

Ans: Pascal's law.


8 Equation of continuity is in accordance with........

Ans: Law of conservation of mass.


9 Bernoulli's theorem is in accordance with......

Ans: Law of conservation of energy.


10 Bernoulli's theorem is applicable to......

Ans: Stream line flow.


11 Velocity of efflux is based on......

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Bernoulli's theorem.
12 Spinning of balls(Swing) can be explained using.......

Ans: Bernoulli's theorem


13 _____ gives an idea about the pressure in a static fluid.
a) Newtons Law
b) Charles law
c) Bernoulli principle
d) Pascal's law.

Ans: Pascal's law.


14 All fluids exert.......

a) pressure in the direction of flow only


b) pressure in the direction of force of gravity
c) equal pressure in all directions
d) equal pressure only in x, y and z planes

Ans: equal pressure in all directions


15 The aircraft fly based on which principle _________
a) Newton’s third law
b) Conservation of mass
c) Bernoulli’s principle
d) Gravity

Ans : Bernoulli’s principle


16 Bernoulli’s equation is applicable only for _______

a) Irrotational flow
b) Viscous flow
c) Inviscid, incompressible flow
d) Compressible flow

Ans: Inviscid, incompressible flow


17 Bernoulli’s principle is derived from which of the following?
a) Conservation of mass
b) Conservation of energy
c) Newton’s law of motion
d) Conservation of momentum

Ans : Conservation of energy


18 The SI unit of hydro-static pressure is :

Ans: Pascal(Pa)
19 Fill in the blanks.
a) Venturimeter : Bernoulli’s theorem
b) Hydraulic lift : ....................
Ans: Pascal's law.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


20 Normal force acting on a surface is called.....

Ans: Thrust.
21 The device used to measure atmospheric pressure is.....

Ans: Barometer
22 Liquids are preferred in hydraulic lifts than gases. Why ?

Ans: Gases are compressible than liquids.


23 Is Bernoulli’s Theorem valid for viscous liquids?
c)
Ans: No
24 1 atm=................................Pa

Ans: 1.013×105
25 Viscosity of gases..........................with temperature, whereas viscosity of liquids...................with
temperature

Ans: increases / decreases.

Each question scores Two


1 Define Pressure?
Ans: Normal force acting per unit area is called pressure.
P= F/A
Unit : SI unit for pressure is Pascal (Pa)
Other Units N/m2, or kg·m−1·s−2
2 When air is blown in between the two light weight balls which are hanging sideways will they
attract or repel? Explain Why

Ans: When air is blown in between two balls suspended close to each other with high speed, a low
pressure is created between the balls which is much less than the atmospheric pressure beyond the
balls. Due to this, balls are attracted towards each other. This is according to Bernoulli’s theorem.
3 We can cut an apple easily with a sharp knife as compared to with a blunt knife. Explain why?

Ans: The area of a sharp edge is much less than the area of a blunt edge. For the same total force,
the effective force per unit area (or pressure) is more for the sharp edge than the blunt one. Hence a
sharp knife cuts easily than a blunt knife.
4 According to Bernoulli's theorem, the pressure of water in a horizontal pipe of uniform diameter
should remain constant. But actually it goes on decreasing with the increase in length of the pipe.
Why?

Ans: Bernoulli's theorem is valid only for non- viscous liquids. But water is a viscous liquid. A part
of the pressure energy of water is used in doing work against the viscous force. So the pressure of
water decreases.
5 Is Bernoulli's theorem valid for viscous liquid?

Ans: No, it should be modified to take into account the work done against viscous drag.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


6 Why bullets are given cylindrical shape?

Answer:
The Magnus effect is absent if the spinning cylinder is moving linearly in the direction parallel to
spin axis. That is why the bullets are made cylindrical instead of spherical. They do not deviate
from the linear path.
7 The areas of the pistons in a hydraulic machine are 5cm 2 and 625cm 2 . What force on the smaller
piston will support a load of 1250N on the larger piston?

Ans: F 1 = 1250N A 1 = 625cm2


F 2 = xN A 2 = 5cm2

Since pressure is constant.


F1 F 2
=
A 1 A2
1250 x
=
625 5
x= 10N
8 State whether true or false: The deeper an underwater swimmer goes, the more strongly the water
pushes on his body and the greater is the pressure that he experiences. Explain Why

Ans: True
When the swimmer wants to dive deeper, he will have to hold his breadth. Water is heavy and as he
swims deeper, the water pressure increases and presses on his body. The air in his lungs are
compressible so as he swims deeper the volume of his lungs decreases. Hence, the statement is true
9 In hydraulic machine, the two pistons are of area of cross section in the ratio 1:10. What force is
needed on the narrow piston to overcome a force of 100N on the wider piston?

Ans: F1 = 100N A1 = 10m2


F2 =xN A 2 = 1m2

Since pressure = constant


F1 F 2
hence, =
A 1 A2
100 x
=
10 1
x= 10N
10 A hydraulic lift at a service station can lift cars with a mass of 3500 kg . The area of cross section of the
piston carrying the load is 500 cm2 . What pressure does the smaller piston experience? g = 9.8m/s2

Force 3500 ×9.8 5 2


Ans: Pressure = =6.86 ×10 N /m
Area 500× 10− 4
11 To keep a piece of paper horizontal, you should blow over, not under it. Why?

Ans: When we blow over a piece of paper the velocity of air above the paper increases so in
accordance with bernoulli's theorem(P+ρgh+1/2ρυ2) the pressure of air decreases above the paper.
Due to the pressure difference of air between below and above the paper a lifting force act on paper
and hence it remain horizontal

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


12 Define equation of continuity?
Ans: Amount of liquid entering to a pipe in unit time is equal to the amount of liquid leaving in unit
time.
13 Define Bernoulli's theorem?
Ans: In a stream line flow total energy of a fluid remains constant.
14 Air streams horizontally pass an air plane . The speed over the top surface is 60 m/s and that under
bottom surface is 45 m/s. What is the difference in pressure ? ( Density of air = 1.293 kg /m3 )
Ans:
P1 / ρ + ½ v12 = P2 / ρ + ½ v22 , P2 – P1 = ½ ρ ( v12 – v22 ) = 1018 N /m2
15 Two spherical shaped balloons are inter connected as shown in the figure using a tube.

Here what happens to the balloons ? Explain why ?


(i)Both becomes same size (ii)Size of bigger balloon increases
(iii)Size of smaller balloon increases.

Ans: Size of bigger balloon increases


Excess pressure inside the smaller balloon will be greater than that in the bigger balloon. Air flows
from higher pressure region to lower pressure region.

16 A hydraulic auto mobile lift is designed to lift cars with a maximum mass of 3000 kg. The area of
cross section of the piston carrying the load is 425 cm2. What is the maximum pressure that the
smaller piston have to bear ?

Ans: P = F / A = mg / A(in m2)= 7.1 x 10 5 N / m2

17 Why firefighters have a jet attached to the head of their water pipes?

Ans: This is done to increase the velocity of water flowing out of the pipe.

18 Why the air planes and cars are given a streamlined shape?

Ans: This is done to reduce the backward drag of the atmosphere.

19 People living in houses far removed from a municipal water tank often find it difficult to get water
on the top floor even if it is situated lower than the level of water tank. Why?

Ans: This is because there is a loss of pressure when water is flowing

20 Why flags flutter on a windy day?


Ans: Velocity increases and pressure decreases on a windy day.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


21 What is the effect on the equilibrium of a physical balance when air is blown below one pan?
An. Velocity increases and thus pressure will decrease below that pan, hence it will go down

22 Why are sleepers used below the rails? Explain.

Ans: When sleepers are placed below the rails, the area of the cross section is increased. We know
that P = F/A, so when the train runs on the rails, the pressure exerted on the ground due to the
weight of the train is small because of a large area of cross-section of the sleeper. Hence the ground
will not yield under the weight of the train.
23 A light ball can remain suspended in a vertical jet of water flow?
d)
Ans: The region where the ball and the vertical jet of water are in contact is a region of low
pressure because of higher velocity. The pressure on the other side of the ball is larger. Due, to the
pressure difference, the ball remains suspended.

24 An ideal fluid flows through a pipe of circular cross-section made of two sections with diameters
2.5 cm and 3.75 cm. The ratio of the velocities in the two pipes is
Ans: 9:4

a1 v 1=a2 v 2
v 1 a2
=
v 2 a1
2
v 1 (d 2)
=
v 2 (d 1)2
putting values,
v 1 (3.75)2 9
= =
v 2 (2.5)2 4

25 Three vessels of different shapes are filled with water to the same height ‘h’ and their bottom parts
are connected to manometers measures the same pressure. The water levels in all the vessels
remaining the same.

Identity the above phenomenon.

Ans: Hydrostatic paradox


26 Blood pressure in humans is greater at the feet than at the brain. Explain why.

Ans: According to pressure depth relationship P = hρg, h–depth, ρ–density and g–acceleration
due to gravity. As per the above equation blood pressure in humans will be greater at the feet than
at the brain.
27 Why does the small water drop acquire a spherical shape?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Due to surface tension. (For a given volume, surface area is minimum for sphere. Surface
tension is the tendency of free surface to contract so as to minimize the surface area)
28 Surface tension changes with temperature.
a) Hot soup is tastier than cold one. Why?
Ans: Hot soup is more tasteful than the cold one because the surface tension of the hot soup is less
than that of the cold and so spreads over a larger area of the tongue.

b) Washing of cloths is easier in warm water than cold water. Why?


Ans: Warm water has lower surface tension comparing with cold water and can wet the dirty
clothes in better way and achieves greater cleaning action.
29 When air is blown between two suspended pith balls, do they attract each other or repel each other.
Give your explanation.
Ans: They will attract each other. When air is blown between two pith balls, the air velocity
between the balls increases hence pressure decreases.
30 Explain why the blood pressure in humans is greater at the feet than at the brain?
Ans: The height of the blood column for the feet is more as compared to that for brain
31 What is meant by critical velocity of a liquid?
Ans: It is the maximum velocity of the liquid above which the flow of liquid turns from streamline
to turbulent
32 Why its is dangerous to stand on the edge of the platform near the track , when the train is passing
by?
Ans: When the train passes the speed of the air between the person and air becomes very large. Due
to Bernoulli's theorem the pressure of air between train and person decreases. As the pressure on
the other side of the person is much more , he may get pushed towards the train and get hurt.
33 During a certain wind storm , light roofs are blown off. Why?
Ans: Due to high velocity of air over roofs the pressure decreases above the roof, and the higher
atmospheric pressure below the roofs lift it up.
34 The density of a given liquid is 984 kg/m3. Determine the height for the given liquid in Torricelli’s
barometer to measure normal atmospheric pressure.
Ans:
5
P 1.013×10
P=h ρ g h= = =10.47 m
ρ g 984×9.8
35 Two soap bubbles A and B are blown at the end of a tube as shown in figure. What will happen
when the block C is removed.
Ans:
The size of A increases and that of B decreases.

(Hint: Excess pressure inversely proportional


to radius of the drop)
36 A drop of liquid under no external force is always spherical in shape. Why?
Ans: Due to surface tension. Surface tension tries to reduce the surface area of the liquid. Since for
a given surface area, spherical surface has the minimum surface area.

Each question scores Three


1 Bernoulli’s theorem holds for incompressible, non-viscous fluids. How is this relationship changed
when the viscosity of the fluid is not negligible?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:
If the viscosity of the fluid is not negligible, a part of the mechanical energy of the fluid is spent in
doing work against forces of viscosity. So the total energy:P+ρgh+1/2ρυ2of the fluid goes on
decreasing along the direction of flow of the fluid.
2 In case of an emergency, a vacuum brake is used to stop the train. How does this brake work?

Ans:
Steam at high pressure is allowed to enter the cylinder of the vacuum brake. Due to high velocity,
the pressure decreases in accordance with Bernoulli's principle. The reduction of pressure lifts up
the piston. This in turn lifts up the brake.
3 The accumulation of snow on the aeroplane may reduce the lift. Explain.

Ans:
Due to the accumulation of snow on the wings of the aeroplane, the shape of the wings no longer
remains that of the aerofoil. This reduces the path difference and hence the velocity difference
between the layer of air on the two sides of the wings. Hence the pressure difference on the two
sides of the wings is reduced. This reduces the uplift on the aeroplane.

4 The windows of older trains sometimes break when a high-speed train passes by on the next track.
What physics concept underlies this observation?

Ans:
When a high-speed train passes the other train, the air in the track will be pushed off with a greater
speed, creating a low-pressure region near the other train. The old trains will have long-used
windows, and hence its quality will be less. The high-pressure region inside the train pushes the air
to a low-pressure region through the aged windows. This results in the damage of the windows.
5 Why it is dangerous to stand near the edge of the platform when a fast train is crossing it?

Ans:
When a fast train crosses the platform, the air dragged along with the train also moves with a high
velocity. In accordance with Bernoulli's equation, the pressure in the region of high velocity gets
decreased. If a person stands near the edge of the platform he may be pushed towards the train due
to high pressures outside.
6 Why do the load carrying heavy vehicles have large number of wheels?

Ans: We know, Pressure = Force/Area


So, greater the area of contact between two surfaces, lesser will be the pressure. So, the load
carrying heavy vehicles have large number of wheels so that the pressure on the road is reduced due
to larger contact area. Also, using large number of wheels ensures that the force due to the load is
shared among the tyres and no single tyre is under stress.
7 A hydraulic machine exerts a force of 900N on a piston of diameter 1.80cm .The output force is
exerted on a piston of diameter 36cm . What will be the output force?

Ans: F 1 = 900N F 2 = x N
r 1 = 0.9cm r 2 = 18cm

from Pascals law P 1 = P 2


F1 F 2
=
A 1 A2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2
(r 2 )
F2 =F 1 x 2
(r 1 )

90000× 18× 18
0.9× 0.9

F 2 = 36 × 10 4 N
8 Hydraulic lift is a device used to lift heavy loads. State the principle behind the working of this
device.
Ans: Pascal's law
When force is applied on a liquids the pressure is transmitted equally in all directions inside the
liquids there fore the hydrostatic pressure has no fixed direction and hence it is a scalar quantity

Let, F 1 --> force on smaller piston.


F 2 -->force developed on larger piston.
A 1 --> area of smaller piston,
A 2 --> area of larger piston.
According to Pascal’s law, the pressure applied on smaller piston is transmitted with out
change at all points in the liquid.

F1 F 2
Thus =
A 1 A2

F1
Therefore F2 = A
A1 2
as A 2 >>A 1 , F 2 >>F 1
This shows that the small force applied on the smaller piston will be appearing as a very
large force on the large piston. As a result of which a heavy load placed on the larger piston is
easily lifted upwards.

Each question scores Four


1 In case of fluids law of conservation of energy can be explained with Bernoulli’s principle. State
and prove Bernoulli’s principle.
Ans:
Bernoulli’s theorem:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


It states that “for the stream line flow of an ideal liquid, the total energy (sum of pressure
energy, potential energy, and kinetic energy) per unit mass remains constant at every cross
section through out the flow”
P V2 ρv2
+ + gh or P+ + ρgh
ρ 2 2
This is the conservation law of energy for a flowing liquid.
Proof:

Let
P 1 --> pressure applied at A,
P 2 --> pressure at B,
a 1 --> area of cross section at A,
a 2 --> area of cross section at B,
h 1 --> mean height of section A
h 2 --> mean height of section B,
v 1 --> normal velocity of liquid at A
v 2 --> normal velocity of liquid at B.
ρ--> density of liquid.
Net work done per second on the liquid by the pressure energy in moving
the liquid from section A to B = P 1 V – P 2 V
[By equation of continuity volume of liquid ‘V’ flowing per second remains constant]
The increase in potential energy /second of the liquid = mgh2 -mgh1
1 1
The increase in kinetic energy /second of the liquid = mv22 – mv12
2 2
According to work energy principle,
work done/second by the pressure energy= increase in PE/second + increase in KE/second.

1 1
P1 V −P 2 V =mgh 2 −mgh1 + mv 2 − mv 2
2 2 2 1
1 1
P1 V +mgh 1 + mv 2 =P2 V +mgh 2 + mv 2
2 1 2 2
Dividing by ' m ',
P1 V 1 P2 V 1
+ gh1 + v 2 = + gh 2 + v 2
m 2 1 m 2 2
P1 1 P 2 1
+ gh 1 + v 2= + gh2 + v 2
ρ 2 1 ρ 2 2
P 1 2
ie. , + gh+ v =cons tan t .
ρ 2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


ρ v2
OR P+ ρ gh+ =constant
2

Thus, Pressure energy per unit mass+ PE per unit mass + KE per unit mass = a constant.
This proves Bernoulli’s theorem
2 Law of conservation of energy is a universal law for all states of matter.
a) Which theorem gives the law of conservation of energy for a flowing liquid?
b) State and prove the above theorem.

Ans:
(a) Bernoulli’s theorem
(b) Bernoulli’s theorem Statement & Proof
3 a) Is pressure in a liquid, scalar or vector.
Ans: Scalar

b) Briefly explain the working of hydraulic lift.

Ans: A hydraulic lift consists of two cylinders C and D connected to each other by means of a pipe.
The two cylinders are of different area of cross-section and are provided with frictionless pistons.
The load to be lifted is placed on the platform attached to the larger piston. The space below the
pistons of the two cylinders is filled with a liquid such as oil.
Suppose a force f is applied on the smaller piston of cross-sectional area a. Then pressure exerted
on the liquid,
P = f/a ----- (1)
According to Pascal’s law, the same pressure is transmitted through the liquid to the larger piston
of cross-sectional area A. If F is the force transmitted to the larger piston, then
P = F/A ----- (2)
From (1) and (2) we get
F/A = f/a

Since A is greater than a, force F on the larger piston will also be much larger than the applied force
f. A heavy load placed on larger piston is then easily lifted.

4 A vertical off-shore structure is built to withstand a maximum stress of 109 Pa. Is the structure
suitable for putting upon top of an oil well in Bombay High? Take the depth of the sea to be
roughly 3km, and ignore ocean currents.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:
Pressure at a depth of 3 km (=3000 m) in the sea = ρ gh
= (10³ kg/m³ )(9.8 m/s² )(3000 m)
= 2.94x107 N/m²
=3×10² Pa
Since the structure can withstand a maximum pressure of 10⁹ Pa, which is far greater than 3x107
Pa, it is suitable for the purpose.

5 2. A hydraulic automobile lift is designed to lift cars with a maximum mass of 3000 kg. The area of
cross-section of the piston carrying the load is 425cm². What maximum pressure would the smaller
piston have to bear?
Strategy. Express load and cross-section area in SI units. The pressure on the smaller piston is the
same as that on the larger piston (Pascal's law)

Ans:
Area of cross-section of the piston carrying load,
A = 425 cm² = 425x10-4 m²= 4.25×10-² m²
Force on the larger piston, F = 3000 kg wt
= 3000x 9.8 N = 2.94×104 N
Pressure on the larger piston, P = F/A
=(2.94×104 N / 4.25x10-² m²)
= 6.92×105 N/m²
= 6.92×105 Pa
Since pressure is transmitted equally in all directions, pressure on the smaller piston is also
6.92×105 Pa

6 Washing with water doesn’t remove grease stains from clothes but addition of detergent removes
the molecules of greasy substances .
1) Which property of a liquid causes the above effect?
2) A single drop of liquid is split into 8 identical drops. What will be the excess pressure in
each drop?
3) Give the Stokes formula.
Ans:
1)Surface tension
2S
2) Pi-Po= where R is the radius of the initial drop
R

2S
Pi-Po= where r is the radius of the final smaller drop
r
The volume of large drop= 8×Volume of smaller drop

4 4
π⋅R 3 = 8× π⋅r 3
3 3

2S
So r=R/2 Substituting the value of r in Pi-Po=
r

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2S 4S
we get Pi-Po= = So excess pressure inside the smaller drop increases two times.
R R
2
3) Viscous Force F=6⋅π η av where η is the co efficient of viscocity
7 Show that the speed of liquid flowing out of a small hole in tank filled with liquid will be √2 gh
where h is the height of the liquid above the hole and g is the acceleration due to gravity.
( Derivation of velocity of efflux/speed of efflux/Torricelli’s law)

Ans:
Consider a tank containing a liquid of density ρ
with a small hole in its side. Let y1 be the height upto
the hole from bottom of the tank and y2 be the height
of the liquid in the tank.

Applying Bernoulli’s theorem at points 1 and 2 as


shown in figure.

1 2 1 2
Pa + ρ v 1 + ρ g y 1=P+ ρ v 2+ ρ g y 2
2 2

Since the cross sectional area A2 >>A1 according to equation of continuity A1v1=A2v2
v2 ≈ 0

1
So the above equation will become Pa + ρ v 21 + ρ g y 1=P+ ρ g y 2
2

Solving we get v 1=
where h=y2-y1
√2( P−P a)
ρ + 2 gh

If the tank is open to the atmosphere P=Pa so v 1= √2 gh

Each question scores Five


1 In case of fluids law of conservation of energy can be explained with Bernoulli’s principle
(a) With a neat diagram State and prove Bernoulli’s principle.

Ans:
(a) Bernoulli’s theorem:

It states that “for the stream line flow of an ideal liquid, the total energy (sum of pressure
energy, potential energy, and kinetic energy) per unit mass remains constant at every cross
section through out the flow”

P V2 ρv2
+ + gh or P+ + ρgh
ρ 2 2

This is the conservation law of energy for a flowing liquid.

Proof:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Let
P 1 --> pressure applied at A,
P 2 --> pressure at B,
a 1 --> area of cross section at A,
a 2 --> area of cross section at B,
h 1 --> mean height of section A
h 2 --> mean height of section B,
v 1 --> normal velocity of liquid at A
v 2 --> normal velocity of liquid at B.
ρ--> density of liquid.

Net work done per second on the liquid by the pressure energy in moving
the liquid from section A to B = P 1 V – P 2 V

[By equation of continuity volume of liquid ‘V’ flowing per second remains constant]
The increase in potential energy /second of the liquid = mgh2 -mgh1

1 1
The increase in kinetic energy /second of the liquid = mv22 – mv12
2 2
According to work energy principle,
work done/second by the pressure energy= increase in PE/second + increase in KE/second.

1 1
P1 V −P 2 V =mgh 2 −mgh1 + mv 2 − mv 2
2 2 2 1
1 1
P1 V +mgh 1 + mv 2 =P2 V +mgh 2 + mv 2
2 1 2 2
Dividing by ' m ',
P1 V 1 P V 1
+ gh1 + v 2 = 2 + gh 2 + v 2
m 2 1 m 2 2
P1 1 P 2 1
+ gh 1 + v 2= + gh2 + v 2
ρ 2 1 ρ 2 2
P 1 2
ie. , + gh+ v =cons tan t .
ρ 2

ρ v2
OR P+ ρ gh+ =constant
2

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Thus, Pressure energy per unit mass+ PE per unit mass + KE per unit mass = a constant.
This proves Bernoulli’s theorem

Additional Info :Applications of Bernoulli’s theorm:


Attraction between two closely parallel moving boats (or buses)
Working of an Aeroplane (Dynamic lift)
Action of atomiser.
Blowing off roofs by wind storms:
Magnus effect
Venturimeter
When we blow in between two pith balls suspended they will attract each other.
A paper can be held stationary in air by blowing above it.
Blood flow and Heart attack can be explained by Bernoulli's theorm

(b) While travelling in aero plane, it is advisable to remove ink from fountain pen. Why?
Ans:
(b) During take off of the plane the pressure inside the plane reduces there fore the pen may leak or
ink comes out
2 (a) Hydrostatic pressure is a scalar quantity even though pressure is force divided by area. Explain
Why?
(b) State the law associated with liquid pressure. What the SI unit of Pressure
(c) Briefly explain the working of hydraulic lift

Ans:
(a) When force is applied on a liquids the pressure is transmitted equally in all directions inside the
liquids there fore the hydrostatic pressure has no fixed direction and hence it is a scalar quantity

(b) Pascal's law. SI unit for pressure is Pascal (Pa)

(c)Hydraulic lift is used to lift the heavy loads. Its working is based on Pascal’s law.

Let, F 1 --> force on smaller piston.


F 2 -->force developed on larger piston.
A 1 --> area of smaller piston,
A 2 --> area of larger piston.
According to Pascal’s law, the pressure applied on smaller piston is transmitted with out
change at all points in the liquid.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


F1 F 2
Thus =
A 1 A2

F1
Therefore F2 = A
A1 2
as A 2 >>A 1 , F 2 >>F 1
This shows that the small force applied on the smaller piston will be appearing as a very
large force on the large piston. As a result of which a heavy load placed on the larger piston is
easily lifted upwards.
Note: Other applications of Pascal’s law are
i) Hydraulic press ( or Brahma press )
ii) Hydraulic brakes.
3 a)Is pressure in a liquid, scalar or vector.
b) State the law associated with liquid pressure.
c) Briefly explain the working of hydraulic lift.

Ans:
a)Scalar
b)Pascal's law
c) working of hydraulic lift.
A hydraulic lift consists of two cylinders C and D connected to each other by means of a pipe. The
two cylinders are of different area of cross-section and are provided with frictionless pistons. The
load to be lifted is placed on the platform attached to the larger piston. The space below the pistons
of the two cylinders is filled with a liquid such as oil.
Suppose a force f is applied on the smaller piston of cross-sectional area a. Then pressure exerted
on the liquid,
P = f/a ----- (1)
According to Pascal’s law, the same pressure is transmitted through the liquid to the larger piston
of cross-sectional area A. If F is the force transmitted to the larger piston, then
P = F/A ----- (2)
From (1) and (2) we get
F/A = f/a

Since A is greater than a, force F on the larger piston will also be much larger than the applied force
f. A heavy load placed on larger piston is then easily lifted.

4 The rise or fall of a liquid against gravitational force through fine tubes is known as capillarity.
1)Give examples for capillarity from practical life.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2)Derive an expression for the capillary rise through a capillary tube.
Ans:
1)We use a towel to dry our body after bath, which soaks water, A blotting paper absorbs ink by
capillary action.

2)Excess of pressure inside a liquid


drop(cavity)
2S
Pi−Po =
r

From the given diagram

a
cos θ =
r

a
r= =asec θ
cos θ

2S 2S
Substituting r in Pi−Po = Pi−Po =
r asec θ
Here Pi = Pa
From variation of pressure with depth Po +h ρ g=P i=Pa

So Pi−Po =h ρ g

2S 2 Scos θ
h ρ g= =
asec θ a

2 Scos θ
which h=
aρ g

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)_The solution for learning Physics
Question Bank
11. Thermal Properties of Matter
Each question scores One
1 Which among the following possess the highest specific heat capacity?
i. Water ii. Silver iii. Copper iv. Steel
Ans: Water
2 Which is the only way of heat transfer through a solid?
Ans: Conduction
3 How does the heat energy from the sun reach the earth ?
Ans: By radiation
4 Out of the three modes of transmission of heat, which one is fastest ?
Ans: Radiation
5 The temperature of a body is 0°C. Is it radiating ?
Ans: Yes, a body radiates heat at 0°C.
6 At what temperature will a body stop radiating ?
Ans: A body stops radiating at 0 K.
7 A brass tumbler feels much colder than a wooden tray on a chilly day. Why?
Ans: This is because, brass tumbler is a heat conductor while the wooden tray is not.
8 What is the anomalous behaviour shown by water?
Ans: Water contracts on melting where as all other substances expand on melting.
9 There are three distinct modes of heat transfer.
The main mode of transmission of heat by which the sun heats the surface of the earth is:
i) Conduction ii) Convection iii) Radiation iv) None of these
Ans: Radiation.
10 Amount of heat required to increase the temperature of a substance by 1°C is called.......
Ans: Heat capacity.
11 Amount of heat required to increase the temperature of 1Kg of the substance by 1°C is called.......
Ans: Specific heat capacity.
12 Amount of heat required to change the state from solid to liquid without changing temperature is
called.......
Ans: Latent heat of fusion.
13 Amount of heat required to change the state from liquid to vapour without changing temperature is
called.......
Ans: Latent heat of vaporization.
14 The process of changing solid directly to vapour is called ................
Ans: Sublimation
15 When a solid metallic sphere is heated the largest percentage increase occurs in its_______
Ans: Volume
16 A metallic sphere has a cavity of diameter D at its centre. If the sphere is heated, the diameter of the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


cavity will _________
An. Increase
17 Why a small gap is left between the iron rails of railway tracks ?
Ans: If no gap is left between the iron rails, the rails may bend due to expansion in summer and the
train may get derailed.
18 The relation connecting temperature on Fahrenheit scale and Celsius scales is…………………….
( F−32) C
Ans: =
180 100
19 Water is used as a coolant in automobile radiators as well as a heater in hot water bags. Why?
Ans: Specific heat capacity of water is very high equal to 4186 is Jkg−1K−1
20 A device in which heat measurement can be done is called a ………………
A: Calorimeter
21 The bottoms of the utensils for cooking food are blackened .Why?
Ans: Black colour absorbs maximum heat from the fire and gives it to the vegetables to be cooked.
22 Why a brass tumbler feels much colder than a wooden tray on a chilly day?
Ans: Thermal conductivity of brass(metal) is greater than that of wood.
23 At what temperature do Celsius and Fahrenheit scales coincide?
Ans: -40
24 Why is a vacuum created between two glass walls of a thermos flask?
Ans: It is done to prevent the transfer of heat by conduction and convection.
25 We wear white or light coloured clothes in summer. Why?
Ans: White colour absorbs the least heat from the sun.
26 During winter, we use dark coloured clothes .Why?
Ans: Dark colours absorb heat from the sun and keep our body warm
27 Write different modes of heat transfer.
Ans: conduction, convection and radiation
28 Write Ideal gas equation
Ans: PV=μRT
29 State Boyle’s law
Ans: At constant temperature, the pressure of a quantity of gas is inversely proportional to volume.
1
P∝
V
30 State Charles’ law
Ans: At constant pressure , the volume of a quantity of gas is directly proportional to temperature.
V∝T

Each question scores Two


1 Why do the metal utensils have wooden handles?
Ans: Wood is a bad conductor of heat. Wooden handle does not allow heat to be conducted from the
hot utensil to the hand. So we can easily hold the hot utensil with its help.
2 Why birds are often seen to swell their feathers in winter?
Ans: When the birds swell their feathers, they are able to enclose air in the feathers. Air, being a
poor conductor of heat, prevents the loss of heat from the bodies of the birds to the surroundings as
such they do not feel cold in winter.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


3 Stainless steel cooking pans are preferred with extra copper bottom. Why?
Ans: The thermal conductivity of copper is much larger than that of steel. The copper bottom
allows more heat to flow into the pan and hence helps in cooking the food faster.
4 Can we boil water inside an earth satellite?
Ans: No. The process of transfer of heat by Convection is based on the fact that a liquid becomes
lighter on becoming hot and rises up. In condition of weightlessness, this is not possible. So transfer
of heat by convection is not possible in a satellite.
5 Water is heated from below. Why?
Ans: When water is heated, its density decreases and it rises up. Cooler liquid of the upper part
takes its place and so convection currents are set up and water gets heated up. If heated from the
top, it will conduct very small amount of heat to the bottom because water is poor conductor of
heat.
6 What is the effect of pressure on melting point of a solid?
Ans: The melting point of a solid may increase or decrease depending on the nature of solid. For
solids such as ice which contracts on melting, it is lowered while for solids such as sulphur and wax
which expand on melting it increases.
7 How does the boiling point of water change with pressure?
Ans: The boiling point of water increases with the increase in pressure.
8 A spark is produced when two stones are struck against each other. Why?
Ans: The work done in striking the two stones against each other is converted into heat which
produces spark.
9 Tea gets cooled, when sugar is added to it. Why?
Ans: When sugar is added to tea, its heat gets shared by sugar. So the temperature of the tea
decreases.
10 Why do we pack ice in gunny bags?
Ans: Gunny bags have a number of fine pores, which contain air in them. Air is a bad conductor of
heat. Therefore, it does not allow the external heat to go in and melt the ice.
11 Distinguish between heat and temperature.
Ans: Heat is a form of energy that flows from one body to another due to their temperature
difference and temperature is the degree of hotness or coldness of a body.
12 Water kept in earthen pots gets cooled. Why?
Ans. The water kept in an earthen pot seeps into the small pores in the pot and evaporates from the
surface of the pot. The heat required for evaporation is taken from water inside the pot, thus cooling
the water stored inside. This is why the water remains cool in earthen pot.
13 Why does a solid expand on heating ?
Solution. The average distance between the positions of equilibrium of the atoms of a solid
increases with an increase in temperature which results in the thermal expansion of a solid.
14 Is the temperature coefficient always positive?
Ans: No, Temperature coefficient is positive for metals and alloys and negative for semiconductors
and insulators.
15 a) At what temperature, the value in Fahrenheit Scale is numerically equal to that in Celsius Scale?
Ans : - 400C = - 40 0F
b) Temperature of a body changes to 100c. What is the corresponding change in Fahrenheit Scale?
Ans: 18 0F (Note: 10C change = 1.8oF change)
16 A steel beam of length 5m is kept at a temperature of 20 0C. On a hot day, the temperature rises to
400C. What is the change in its length due to thermal expansion? (Coefficient to linear expansion of

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


steel is 1.2 × 10-5/0C)
Ans: l = l0 (1 + αt) 5 = l0 (1 + 1.2 × 10-5 × 20) => l0 = 4.999
l = 4.999 (1+ 1.2 × 10-5 × 40 ) = 4.999 × 1.00048
= 5.0013995 m
17 Distinguish between natural convection and forced convection. Give one example for each.
Ans: In natural convection, gravity and buoyancy play important roles. When a fluid is heated up,
the heat is transferred to all parts of the fluid by natural convection
Examples for natural convection: Sea breeze and land breeze, Trade wind in forced convection,
material is forced to move by a pump or by some other physical means.
Examples: Forced air heating system in home, Air conditioner, Human blood circulatory system,
the cooling system of auto-mobile engine.
18 A steel tape 1 m long is correctly calibrated at 27°C. The length of a rod measured by this tape is
found to be 63 cm on a day when the temperature is 45°C.
What is actual length of the rod? (coefficient of linear expansion of steel 1.2×10-5 /K) L1=63 cm;
Ans: L2 =?; t1 =27°C; t2 = 45°C; t= t2 -t1 = 45-27= 18° C; α = 1.2×10-5 K-1
L2=L1(1+ α t) = 63(1 +1.2×10-5×18) = 63.0136 cm
19 A rod of length L having coefficient of Linear expansion a is lying freely on the floor. It is heated so
that temperature changes by b. Find the longitudinal strain developed in the rod.
Ans: There was no restriction for it expansion. So no tensile or compressive force developed.
Longitudinal strains happens only when tensile or compressive force developed in the rod. So
answer is Zero.
20 The top of a lake is frozen. Air in contact with it is at -15°C. What do you expect the maximum
temperature of water in contact with the lower surface ice? What do you expect the maximum
temperature of water at the bottom of the lake?
An. 0°C, 4°C.
21 Why a thick glass tumbler cracks when boiling liquid is poured into it?
Ans: Its inner and outer surfaces undergo uneven expansion due to the poor conductivity of glass,
hence it cracks.
22 A steel rail road track has a length of 30 m when the temperature is 20°C. What is its length on a
hot day, when the temperature is 45° C?
α =11x 10-6/K
L1= 30 cm ; t= 45-20 =25°C; L2=?
-6
L2=L1(1 + α t) = 30(1 + 11 × 10 × 25)
= 30 × 1.000275 = 30.00825 cm
23 A solid at 0°C is heated to convert it into its vapour. Draw a graph connecting temperature and the
quantity of heat supplied.
Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


24 Explain why a brass tumbler feels much colder than a wooden tray on a chilly day.

Ans: Both the brass tumbler and the wooden tray are at the same temperature. But brass is much
better conductor of heat than wood. When we touch the brass tumbler, heat readily flows out from
our hand to the tumbler and it feels colder. But this is not the case with the wooden tray.
25 Usually a good conductor of heat is a good conductor of electricity also. Give reason.

Ans: Electrons contribute largely both towards the flow of electricity and the flow of heat. A good
conductor contains a large number of free electrons. So it is both a good conductor of heat and
electricity.
26 Why is water used as an effective coolant?
Ans: The specific heat of water is very high. When it runs over hot parts of an engine or machinery,
it absorbs a large amount of heat. This helps in maintaining the temperature of the engine low.
27 What kind of thermal conductivity and for specific heat requirements would you specify for
cooking utensils?
Ans: A cooking utensil should have (i) high conductivity so that it can conduct heat through itself
and transfer it to the contents quickly. (i) low specific heat so that it immediately attains the
temperature of the source.
28 Explain why a beaker filled with water at 4°C overflows if the temperature is decreased or
increased
Ans: It is because of the anomalous expansion of water. Water has a maximum density at 4°C.
Therefore, water expands whether it is heated above 4° C or cooled below 4°C.
29 A block of wood is floating on water at 0°C with a certain volume V above the level of water.
The temperature of water is gradually increased from 0°C to 8°C. How does the volume V change
with the change of temperature?
Ans: The density of water decreases from 0° C to 4°C and increases from 4°C to 8°C. So, V will
increase till the temperature of water reaches 4°C and then it will go on decreasing.
30 Burns from steam are usually more serious than boiling water. Why?
Latent heat of vaporization of water is 2.26 ×10 6 JK g−1. ie, 2.26 ×10 6 JK g−1of water is required to
convert 1 kg of water into steam. So steam carries more heat than boiling water.
31 During winter aquatic animals are saved under water in cold countries. Justify?
Ans: In cold countries during winter as the temperature of the atmosphere falls, the upper layer of
water in the ponds, lakes etc cools and sinks to the bottom. This goes on until the whole water is
cooled to 4 0 C .When the top layer cools below 4 0 C , it does not sink as its density is less than the
water below it. Thus the top layer cools further and freezes but there is water at 4 0 C below the ice.
Thus aquatic animals and plants are saved.
32 What is sublimation? Write an example for sublime material.

Ans: Some substances changes directly from solid state to vapour state on heating . This is called
sublimation. Eg: solid C O2 (dry ice)

33 Draw the graph showing the variation of volume of a given mass of water with temperature from
0
0 C . Mark the temperature at which water has maximum density.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:

34 Write an equation for coefficient of linear expansion? Show that coefficient of linear expansion is
thrice its coefficient of volume expansion.
Ans:
∆l
α l=
L∆T
Consider a cube of side 1m.
Original volume = 1×1 ×1=1m3
Let it be heated so that its temperature increases by 10 C
New volume = (1+α l)(1+ α l )(1+α l) =(1+α l )3
3
Increase in volume = (1+α l ) −1 = 3 α l+ 3 α 2l +α 3l
≅3 α l(higher powers neglected)
∆V 3 αl
α v= = =3 α l
V ∆ T 1 ×1

35 Invar is used for making pendulum clocks. Why?


Ans:The pendulum of the clock are made of invar. The coefficient of volume expansion of invar is
low. T =2 π
√g
l
. So even when temperature changes, there is no change in length of pendulum. So
the clock keeps correct time in all seasons.
36 What is meant by anomalous expansion of water?
Ans: When water is cooled its volume will decrease and reaches a minimum at 4°C. Further cooling
will results increase in volume. This expansion is called anomalous expansion of water.
37 What do you mean by absolute zero temperature or zero kelvin

Ans: The minimum temperature for an ideal gas is called Absolute temperature or zero kelvin(OK).
This temperature is found to be – 273.15 °C
38 You are in restaurant waiting for your friend and ordered coffee. it has arrived. do you add sugar in

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


your friend's coffee and then wait for him or do you add sugar after the arrives? explain with
respect to the concept of cooling.
Ans: Add sugar as soon as the coffee arrives and then wait. This is Newton’s law of cooling. Thus
when sugar is added to coffee, the temperature of coffee decreases. Hence the rate of cooling also
decreases.
39 Temperature of a normal human body is 98.60F. What is the corresponding temperature in Celsius
scale?

98.6−32 C
A: =
180 100

100 (98.6−32)
C= = 37 ⁰C
180
40 Write the expression for rate of flow of heat if one end of a metallic rod is heated.

Ans:
T C −T o
H=KA
L
41 Some cooking pots have copper coating on the bottom. Give reason.
Ans: Thermal conductivity of copper is high and it promotes the distribution of heat over the
bottom of a pot for uniform cooking
42 Explain sea breeze.
Ans: Sea breeze is due to natural convection. During the day, the ground heats up more quickly
than large water bodies. This is due to greater specific heat capacity of water. The air in contact
with the warm ground is heated . It expands, becomes less dense and rises. Then cold air above sea
moves to fill this space and is called as sea breeze.

Each question scores Three


1 Two accidents happen. The first one with water at 100° C and the second one with steam at 100°C.
(a) Which is more dangerous; burn due to water at 100°C or burn due to steam at 100° C? Why?
(b) Latent heat of vaporisation of water is 536 cal/g. Explain the idea of latent heat of vaporisation.
(c) Find the heat required to convert 1 g of ice at 0°C to steam at 100°C [Latent Heat of ice = 80
cal/g: specific heat of water =1 cal/g°C]
Ans:
(a) Burn due to steam is more dangerous because heat content in steam at 100°C is very high
compared to that in water at 100° C.
b) Quantity of heat required to convert 1g of water at its boiling point into steam at the same
temperature is 536 cal.
(c) Q= mL + mcΔθ +mL, Q =1x 80 +1x 1 x 100 +1 x 536 = 716 cal =3007 J.
2 The coefficient of thermal expansion in solids are mainly i) Coefficient of Linear Expansion α ii)
Coefficient of Area Expansion β iii) Coefficient of Volume Expansion γ
a. What is the ratio of α, β and γ?
b. Invar is used for making pendulum of clocks. Why?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans..
a. 1:2:3
b. Invar has extremely small coefficient of linear expansion. Therefore the length of the clock
pendulum doesn't change appreciably with the change of season so the clock keeps correct time.
3 Heat from the sun reaches earth through vacuum.
a. Name the mode of heat transfer in the above case.
b. Name the different modes of heat transfer in metals and in liquids?
c. Aquatic animals are protected in cold countries as ice is formed on the surface of river. How?
Ans: a. Radiation
b. Conduction and convection
c. It is due to the anomalous behaviour of water. This means that water has the maximum
density at 4 °C. This property has an important environmental effect: bodies of water, such as lakes
and ponds, freeze at the top first. As a lake cools toward 4 °C, water near the surface loses energy to
the atmosphere, becomes denser, and sinks; the warmer, less dense water near the bottom rises.
However, once the colder water on top reaches temperature below 4 °C, it becomes less dense and
remains at the surface, where it freezes.
4 How does tea in a thermos flask remain hot for a long time?
Ans: The air between the two walls of the thermos flask is evacuated. This prevents heat loss due to
conduction and convection. The loss of heat due to the radiation is minimised by silvering the
inside surface of the double wall. As the loss of heat due to the three processes is minimised, the tea
remains hot for a long time.
5 Temperature is the degree of ‘hotness ‘of the body.
a) Temperature of a normal human body is 98.60F. What is the corresponding temperature shown in
the Celsius scale?
Ans: 37 0C

t f −32 98.6−32
Note: tc = = 1.8
1.8

b) Complete the table.


Temperature Kelvin scale Celsius Fahrenheit scale
scale
Steam point 373.15 K 212.000F
Ice point 0.000C 320F.
Absolute 0.00K 459.690F
zero

Ans:
Temperature Kelvin scale Celsius Fahrenheit scale
scale
Steam point 373.15 K ...1000c..... 212.000F
Ice point 273.15 0.000C 320F.
Absolute 0.00K - 273.15 0C 459.690F
zero
6 a) When you are about to make tea from hot tea and cold milk, your phone is ringing.
Which of the following can be done to keep the cup of tea hotter when you return after attending
the phone call?
1) Pour hot tea and cold milk in your cup and leave it to attend phone call.
2) Mix the two after attending the call

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Pour hot tea and cold milk in your cup and leave it to attend phone call.
b) Also indicate which among the curves below represents a cooling curve.

Ans: curve (d)


7 The time taken by a hot body to cool from 700c to 600c is 6 minutes. The surrounding temperature
is 250c. What will be the time taken by the body to cool from 600c to 500c?

T 1−T 2 T 1 +T 2
Ans: According to Newton’s law of cooling =K { - T0}
t 2

70−60 70+60
= K { - 25} ------- (1)
6 2
60−50 60+50
= K { - 25} --------(2)
t 2
eq(1) 40
--> t = 6 x = 8 minutes
eq(2) 30

8 The below graph represents temperature versus heat for water at 1 atm. pressure.

(a) Match the following using the above graph.


Graph Process State
i) BC b) Sublimation p) Water
ii) DE a) Melting q) Ice
c) Regelation r)Partially Solid and liquid
d) Vaporisation s) Partially liquid and vapour
Ans:
Graph Process State
i) BC a) Melting r)Partially Solid and liquid
ii) DE d) Vaporisation s) Partially liquid and vapour

b) The slopes of AB and CD are different. Why?


Ans: Specific heat capacity of ice and water are different (specific heat of ice < specific heat of
water)
0
9 A circular hole of diameter 2.00 cm is made in an aluminium plate at 0 C .what will be the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


diameter at 1000 C?
Linear expansion for aluminium = 2.3 * 10-3 / 0 C
Diameter of circular hole in aluminium plate at 00 C=2.0 cm
With increase in temperature from 00 C to 1000 C diameter of ring increases
using L=L0(1+αΔT)
where L0=2.0 cm
α = 2.3 * 10-3 / 0 C
ΔT=(100 -0)=100 0 C
we can find diameter at 1000 C
L=2(1+2.3*10-3*100)=2.46 cm

10 A blacksmith fixes iron ring on the rim of a wooden wheel. The diameter of the rim and iron ring
are 5.243m and 5.231m at 27 0 C . To what temperature should the ring be heated so as to fit the rim
of the wheel? α l (iron)=1.2 ×10−5 K−1
−5 −1
α l=1.2 ×10 K , T 2=218 C , T 1=27 C , T 2=? l 1=5.231 m, l 2=5.243 m
0 0

l 2=l 1 [1+ α l (T 2−T 1) ]


5.243=5.231 [1+1.2 ×10−5 (T 2−27 ) ]
T 2=2180 C

11 A steel rail of length 5m and area of cross section 40 c m2 is prevented from expanding while the
temperature rises by 100 C . The coefficient of linear expansion of steel is 1.2 ×10−5 K−1 . Young’s
modulus of steel is 2 ×1011 N m2 .Calculate the thermal stress and external force?
−4 2 0 −5 −1
l=5 m , A=40× 10 m , ∆ T =10 C , α l =1.2× 10 K , Y = 2 ×1011 N m2
∆l ∆ F/A
α l= Y=
L∆T ∆l/ L
∆l −5 −4
Compressive strain = =α l ∆T =1.2 ×10 × 10=1.2 ×10
l
∆F ∆l
Thermal stress = =Y × =2 ×1011 × 1.2×10−4 = 2.4 × 107 N m−2
A l
External force ∆ F= A × 2.4 ×107 =40 ×10−4 ×2.4 ×10 7 ≅10 5 N
12 Derive the relation between coefficient of linear expansion and coefficient of area expansion
Consider a thin square plate of side 1m.
Original Area = 1×1=1 m2
Let the plate be heated so that its
temperature increases by 10 C
New area =(1+α l)(1+ α l )= (1+α l )
2

2
Increase in area = (1+α l ) −1
= α 2l + 2 α l
≅2 α l (higher powers neglected)
∆A 2 αl
α a= = =2α l
A∆T 1× 1
13 When 0.15kg of ice at 0 0 C mixed with water of mass 0.30kg at 500 C in a container, the resulting
temperature is 6.7 0 C . Calculate the heat of fusion of ice? Specific heat capacity of water is

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


−1 −1
4186 Jkg K .
Ans:
Heat lost by water = heat gained by ice
mw s w (T w −T )=mice s w ( T −T ice )+mice L
0.30 × 4186 (50−6.7 )=0.15 × 4186 × (6.7−0 )+0.15 × L
L= 3.354 ×10 5 Jk g−1
14
Derive the relation connecting αl and αv .
Ans: V=l3 V1= l13
V1=V(1+αvΔT)....................(1)
V1=[ l ((1+αlΔT) ] 3
V1=[ l3 (1+αlΔT)3]
V1 ≈ [ V (1+3αlΔT]...............(2)
From (1) and (2)
V(1+αvΔT)=V(1+3αlΔT)
αv=3αl
15
Derive the relation connecting αv . and αa
Ans: αa=2αl αv=3αl
αl= αa/2 αl= αv/3
αv/3=αa/2 or αv= 3 αa/2
16 What is the temperature of the steel-copper junction in the steady state of the system shown in the
Fig. Length of the steel rod = 15.0 cm, length of the copper rod = 10.0 cm,
temperature of the furnace = 300 °C, temperature of the other end = 0 °C.
The area of cross section of the steel rod is twice that of the copper rod.

(Thermal conductivity of steel = 50.2 J s–1 m–1K–1; and of copper = 385 J s–1 m–1K–1).

A: rate of heat flowing across a cross section of the rod is the same at every point along the length
of the combined steel-copper rod. Let T be the temperature of the steel-copper junction in the
steady state.
Then,
K 1 A 1(300−T ) K 2 A 2(300−T )
L1
= L2
where 1 and 2 refer to the steel and copper rod respectively.
For A1 = 2 A2 , L1 = 15.0 cm, L2 = 10.0 cm,

K1 = 50.2 J s–1 m–1 K –1 , K2 = 385 J s–1 m–1 K –1,


we have
50.2 x 2(300−T ) 385 T
15
= 10
T =44.4 ⁰C

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)_The solution for learning Physics

Question Bank
12 Thermodynamics
Each question scores One
1 What is an isobaric process?
Ans: A thermodynamic process which occurs at a constant pressure is called an isobaric process.
2 What is an isochoric process?
Ans: A thermodynamic process which occurs at constant volume is called an isochoric process.
3 What is meant by free expansion ?
Ans: The expansion of a gas against zero external pressure is known as its free expansion.
4 Write the relation among heat energy, work done and change in internal energy.
Ans: dQ = dU+ dW.
5 Is it possible to increase the temperature of a gas without giving it heat ?
Ans: Yes, it happens during an adiabatic process.
6 An ideal gas is compressed at constant temperature. Will its internal energy increase or decrease?
Ans: It will remain same because the internal energy of an ideal gas depends only upon the
temperature.
7 Out of the parameters temperature, pressure, work and volume, which parameter does not
characterise the thermodynamic state of matter?
Ans: Work.
8 What is a heat engine?
Ans: Heat engine is a device for converting heat into mechanical work.
9 Which law forbids the complete conversion of heat energy into mechanical work ?
Ans: Second law of thermodynamics.
10 What type of process is Carnot's cycle ?
Ans: Carnot's cycle is a reversible cyclic process.
11 Can a Carnot engine be realized in actual practice?
Ans: No, Carnot engine is an ideal heat engine.
12 Name the sink in case of steam-engine.
Ans: Atmosphere is the sink in a steam-engine.
13 Is rusting of iron a reversible process?
Ans: No. Rusting of iron is an irreversible process.
14 How is the efficiency of a Carnot engine affected by the nature of the working substance?
Ans: The efficiency of a Carnot engine is independent of the nature of the working substance.
15 On what factors, the efficiency of a Carnot engine depends?
Ans: Temperatures of source of heat and sink.
16 Rusting of iron is a...... Process?
a)isothermal. b) adiabatic. c) isochoric. d) isobaric.
Ans: isothermal.
17 Bursting of a balloon is a.... Process?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


a)isothermal. b) adiabatic. c) isochoric. d) isobaric.
Ans: adiabatic.
18 Under all conditions first law of thermodynamics hold good.(True /false)
Ans: True.
19 Can two objects in thermal equilibrium, if they are not in contact?
Ans: yes. If they have same Temperature.
20 Growth of nail comes under...... Process?
Ans: Quasi static process.
21 At a given volume and temperature, the pressure of a gas
(a) varies inversely as its mass
(b) varies inversely as the square of its mass
(c) varies linearly as its mass
(d) is independent of its mass
Ans:C
22 Which of the following parameters dose not characterize the thermodynamic state of matter?
(a) work
(b) volume
(c) pressure
(d) Temperature
Ans:A
23 State zeroth law of thermodynamics?
Ans: According to Zeroth law, if the thermodynamic system and are each in thermal equilibrium
with a third thermodynamic system C, then the system and are also in thermal equilibrium.

24 Can you design heat energy of 100% efficiency?


Ans: Since, efficiency of heat engine =1−T2/T1,
So, efficiency will be 100% or 1 if T2=OK or T1= Infinity
Since both these conditions cannot be practically attained, so heat engine cannot have 100%
efficiency.

25 Animal’s curl into a ball, when they feel very cold?


Ans: When animals curl, their surface area decreases, and because energy radiated varies directly
with surface area, heat loss due to radiation is reduced as well.

26 Why is mercury used in making thermometers?


Ans: Mercury are used Because mercury has a wide and useful temperature range and a uniform
rate of expansion, so it is utilized to make thermometers.

27 State Carnot's Theorem?


Ans: We know that according to Carnot's Theorem, no engine operating between two temperatures
can be more efficient than a Carnot's reversible engine operating between the same temperatures.

28 The following question has four choices out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
A thermodynamical system is changed from state (P1, V1) to (P2, V2) by two different processes, the
quantity which will remain same is:
(a) ΔQ
(b) ΔW

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


(c) ΔQ + ΔW
(d) ΔQ – ΔW

Ans: D
29 A body is heated. But there is no change in its temperature. Is it possible?
Answer: Yes. During change of state, there will be no increase in temperature even when heat is
supplied
30 When boiling water is put in glass tumbler, the tumbler cracks. Why?
Answer: Glass is poor conductor of heat. So inner and outer surfaces of tumbler suffer uneven
expansion. Hence it breaks.
31 Identify the thermodynamic process in which temperature of system may increase even when no
heat is supplied to the system.
Answer: Adiabatic process.
32 If an inflated tyre bursts, the air escaping out is cooled, why?
Answer: When the tyre bursts, there is an adiabatic expansion of air because the pressure of the air
inside is sufficiently greater than the atmospheric pressure. During the expansion, the air does some
work against the surroundings, therefore, its internal energy decreases, and as such temperature
falls.

33 What type of process is Carnot’s cycle?


Answer:
Cyclic process.
34 Can the Carnot engine be realized in actual practice?
Answer:
No. It is an ideal heat engine.
35 A refrigerator transfers heat from a cold body to a hot body. Does this not violate the second law of
thermodynamics?
Answer:
No. This is because external work is being performed.
36 Under that ideal condition can the efficiency of a Carnot engine be 100%?
Answer: The efficiency of a Carnot engine can be 100% if the temperature of the sink is zero
kelvin.
37 1. Why does gas get heated on compression?
Answer:
Because work is done in compressing the gas increases the internal energy of the gas.
38 Can two isothermal curves intersect each other?
Answer:
No.
2.
39 Does a gas work when it expands adiabatically is the source of energy?
Answer:
Yes.
40 Is rusting of iron a reversible process? Why?
Answer:
Yes. Rusting of iron is an irreversible process as it is a chemical change.
41 What remains constant in an adiabatic process?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Answer:
Heat contents of the system remain constant in an adiabatic process.
42 Is melting of ice an adiabatic or an isothermal process?
Answer:
The melting of ice is an isothermal process.
43 Define an isotherm.
Answer:
It is defined as the pressure-volume curve for a fixed temperature.
44 First law of thermodynamics ΔQ =…………………..+ ………………….. .
Answer:
ΔU + ΔW

Each question scores Two


1 State two essential requirements of an ideal heat engine.
Ans:
i)An ideal heat engine should have a source of infinite thermal capacity.
ii) It should have a sink of infinite thermal capacity.
2 State the first law of thermodynamics.
Ans: According to the first law of thermodynamics, the amount of heat ΔQ absorbed by a system capable of
doing mechanical work is equal to the sum of the increase in internal energy ΔU of the system and the
external work ΔW done by the system. Mathematically,
dQ= dU+ dW=dU + PdV.
3 How does the internal energy of an ideal gas differ from that of real gas ?
Ans: The internal energy of an ideal gas consists of only the kinetic energy of the particles. But for real
gases it consists of both the kinetic as well as potential energies.
4 When is the heat supplied to a system equal to the increase in its internal energy ?
Ans: According to the first law of thermodynamics, dQ=dU+ PdV.
If the heat is supplied in such a manner that the volume does not change (for isochoric change, dV = 0).
Then the whole of the heat energy supplied to the system will increase internal energy only.
5 An ideal gas is compressed at constant temperature. Will its internal energy increase or decrease ?
Ans: It will remain same because the internal energy of a gas depends only on its temperature.
6 Cooling is produced when a gas at high pressure suddenly expands. Why ?
Ans: During its expansion, the gas does work against high pressure. This decreases the internal energy and
hence the temperature of the gas.
7 When the air of the atmosphere rises up, it cools. Why ?
Ans: When the air rises up, it expands due to the decrease in atmospheric pressure. It does work at the
expense of its internal energy. So its temperature falls.
8 Is the equation PV= RT valid for isothermal and adiabatic processes ?
Ans: Yes, the equation PV = RT is valid for all types of the thermodynamically processes
9 Carnot engine cannot have 100% efficiency. Explain, why ?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


T2
Ans: Efficiency, n=1-
T1
The efficiency will be 100% or 1, if T 2, = 0 K. Since, temperature equal to 0 K cannot be realised, a heat
engine with 100% efficiency cannot be designed.
10 In a Carnot engine, the temperature of the sink is increased. What will happen to its efficiency?
T2
Ans: Efficiency, n=1-
T1
If the temperature (T2) of the sink is increased, the efficiency of the Carnot engine will decrease.
11 Is the efficiency of a heat engine more in hilly areas than in the plains ?
Ans: In hilly areas, the temperature of the surroundings is lower than that in plains, so the ratio
T2/T1 is less in hilly areas than that in plains. Hence efficiency nis more in hilly areas than in plains.
12 Can two isothermal curves intersect ?
Ans: No. If two isotherms intersect, then this would mean that the pressure and volume of a gas are the
same at two different temperatures. This is not possible.
13 What is meant by reversible engine ? Explain why the efficiency of a reversible engine is maximum ?
Ans: The engine in which the process can be retraced at any stage of its operation by reversing the boundary
conditions is called reversible engine. Its efficiency is maximum because in such a device no dissipation of
energy takes place against friction, etc.
14 Write the 4 steps of operation in the Carnot cycle.
Ans: The Carnot cycle consists of two isothermal processes and two adiabatic processes.
1)Isothermal expansion
2)Isothermal compression
3)Adiabatic expansion
4) Adiabatic compression
15 Heat engine is a device used to convert ……. energy into ……… energy.
Ans: Heat, Mechanical
16 Cooling is produced when a gas at high pressure suddenly expands. Explain.
Ans. The gas has to perform work against high pressure to expand. This results in a decrease in the
internal energy of the gas and consequently its temperature falls.
17 When a gas is suddenly compressed, its temperature rises. Why?
Ans. Sudden compression of a gas is an adiabatic change. Work done in compressing the gas is
converted into internal energy and as such the temperature of the gas rises.
18 Discuss the results when a thermos flask containing tea is
vigorously shaken. Ans. Work done in vigorously shaking a thermos flask is converted into internal
energy of the tea inside it which raises its temperature. Further, along with the hot tea, a lot of
vapour is also present. Due to an increase in temperature, the pressure of this vapour may further
increase and in the extreme case, the cork of the bottle may be blown out.
19 On removing the valve, the air escaping from a cycle tube becomes cool. Explain.
Ans. When the valve from a cycle tube is removed, the air inside it expands adiabatically and as
such becomes cool. s adiabatically and as such becomes cool
20 A glass of water is stirred and then allowed to stand until the water stops moving. What happens to
the kinetic energy of the moving water?
Ans. The kinetic energy of the moving water is converted into its internal energy. As a result of this,
the temperature of water rises.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


21 Why is latent heat of vaporization of a material greater than that of latent heat of fusion?
Ans: When a liquid turns into a gas, the volume expands dramatically, and a significant amount of
work is required against the surrounding atmosphere. The heat connected with the transition from
solid to gas is known as latent heat of vaporisation, and therefore the answer.

22 If a body has infinite heat capacity? What does it signify?


Ans: The term "infinite heat capacity" refers to a substance's ability to maintain its temperature
regardless of how much heat it receives or loses.

23 Why the clock pendulums are made of invar, a material of low value of coefficient of linear
expansion?
Ans: Clock pendulums are made of invar because, the clock pendulums are made of Inver because
it has low value of a (co-efficient of linear expansion) i.e., for a small change in temperature, the
length of pendulum will not change much.

24 Why is conversion of heat into work not possible without a sink at lower temperature?
Ans: A portion of the heat energy absorbed from the source must be rejected in order to turn heat
energy into work on a continual basis. We need a sink to turn heat into work because heat energy
can only be rejected to a body at a lower temperature.

25 The tile floor feels colder than the wooden floor even though both floor materials are at same
temperature. Why?
Ans: This is due to the fact that tile conducts heat better than wood. The tile, transfers heat away
quickly and can thus absorb more heat from our foot, lowering its surface temperature.

26 An electric heater supplies heat to a system at a rate of 100 W. If system performs work at a rate of
75 Joules per second. At what rate is the internal energy increasing?

27 A refrigerator is to maintain eatables kept inside at 9 °C, if room temperature is 36 °C. Calculate the
coefficient of performance.

28 Air pressure in a car tyre increases during driving. Explain.


Sol: Volume of a car tyre is fixed. During driving, temperature of the gas increases while its
volume remains constant. So, according to Charle’s law, at constant volume (V),
Pressure (P) ∝Temperature (T)
Therefore, pressure of gas increases.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


29 Can the temperature of an isolated system change?
Answer:
Yes, in an adiabatic process the temperature of an isolated system changes. It increases when the
gas is compressed adiabatically.
30 How is the heat engine different from a refrigerator?
Answer:
A refrigerator is a heat engine working in the reverse direction.
31 Mention two essential characteristics of an ideal heat engine.
Answer:
1.It should have a source of infinite thermal capacity.

2.It should have a sink of infinite thermal capacity.

32 When the air of the atmosphere rises up, it cools. Why?


Answer:
When air rises up, it expands due to a decrease in the atmospheric pressure and thus temperature
falls. So it cools.
33 Which one among a solid, liquid, and gas of the same mass and at the same temperature has the
greatest internal energy and which one has the least?
Answer:
Gas has the greatest internal energy and a solid has the least internal energy.
34 State the conditions for irreversible processes.
Answer: The following are the conditions for irreversible processes:
1.Rapidly carried out the process.
2.Dissipation of energy by any means.

35 Can water be made to boil without heating? How?


Answer:
Yes, by reducing the pressure on the water its boiling point can be brought to room temperature.
36 What is the amount of work done in a cyclic process?
Answer:
The area enclosed under the P – V loop gives the amount of work done in a cyclic process.

37 Explain why two isothermal curves cannot intersect each other?


Answer:
If they intersect, then at the point of intersection, the volume and pressure of the gas will be the
same at two different temperatures which is not possible.

Each question scores Three


1 Calculate the efficiency of an engine working between steam point and ice point.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2 P-V diagram of a gas is shown in the figure. In this figure AB represents isobaric process and AD
represents isothermal process.

a) Explain isobaric process and isothermal process.


b) Using the above graph, find the process in which the work done is maximum. Give the reason.
Ans:
a) The thermodynamic process at constant pressure is called isobaric process. Thermodynamic
process at constant temperature is called isothermal process.
b) The work done is maximum for AB because area under AB is more than that of AD.
3 A gas does work during isothermal expansion. What is the source of mechanical energy so
produced ?
Ans: By first law of thermodynamics,
dQ=dU+ dW. But for an isothermal process, dU = 0, so dW = dQ . Thus the energy required for
doing mechanical work during an isothermal process is obtained as heat by the gas from the
surroundings.
4 The temperature of a gas rises during an adiabatic compression, although no heat is given to the gas
from outside. Why ?
Ans: dQ=dU+ dW. For an adiabatic compression, dQ=0
So dU = - dW. That is work is done on the gas which increases its internal energy. Hence
temperature of the gas rises.
5 When a gas is suddenly compressed, its temperature rises. Why ?
Ans: Sudden compression of a gas is an adiabatic process. The work done in compressing the gas
increases the internal energy of the gas. Hence the temperature of
the gas rises.
6 If an inflated tyre bursts, the air escaping out is cooled, why?
Ans: When the tyre bursts, there is an adiabatic expansion of air because the pressure of the air
inside is sufficiently greater than the atmospheric pressure. During the expansion, the air does some
work against the surroundings, therefore, its internal energy decreases, and as such temperature
falls.
7 Is it possible that there is change in temperature of a body without giving heat to it or taking heat
from it ?
Ans: Yes, for example, during an adiabatic compression temperature increases and in an adiabatic
expansion temperature decreases, although no heat is given to or taken from the system in these
changes.
8 Is it possible that there is no increase in the temperature of a body despite being heated ?
Ans: Yes, for example, during a change of state (from solid to liquid or from liquid to gas), the
system takes heat, but there is no rise in temperature. Internal energy of the system increases in
each case.
9 Why does air pressure in a car tyre increase during driving?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: During driving, as a result of the friction between the tyre and the road, the temperature of the
tyre and hence that of air inside it, increases. Since the volume of air in the tyre remains constant,
pressure of the air increases due to increase of temperature.
10 A Carnot engine working between 527° C and 127° C has a work output of 800 J per cycle. How
much heat is supplied to the engine from the source per cycle ?
T1=527+273=800k
T2=127+273=400k
efficiency=1- (400÷800)
=1÷2= 0.5
Q=work done÷efficiency =800/0.5 =1600Joule.

11 Explain why mechanical energy can be completely converted into heat energy but the whole of the
heat energy cannot be converted into mechanical energy.
Ans. The whole of the mechanical energy can be absorbed by the molecules of the system in the
form of their kinetic energy. This KE gets converted into heat. But the whole of heat energy cannot
be converted into work as a part of it is always retained by the system as its internal energy.
12 Is it theoretically possible to devise a heat engine which will create no thermal pollution?

Ans. No, as heat must be exhausted by the engine (hot reservoir) to the atmosphere (cold
reservoir). Hence, thermal pollution will always take place. According to second law of
thermodynamics, whole of heat can never be converted into work. As such, some part of heat which
is not converted into work, will be exhausted into the atmosphere, thereby causing thermal
pollution.
13 Can a Carnot engine be realised in practice?

Ans. A Carnot engine should consist of:

(1) a source of infinite thermal capacity,

(ii) a sink of infinite thermal capacity,

(iii) a perfect gas as its working substance.

Apart from this, the working substance should be a perfect gas contained in a cylinder fitted with a
perfectly, frictionless piston. Obviously, it is impossible to obtain all the above conditions. So it is
impossible to made in practice.
14 Why does absolute zero not correspond to zero energy?
Ans: The total energy of a gas is the sum of kinetic and potential energy of its molecules. Since the
kinetic energy is a function of the temperature of the gas. Hence at absolute zero, the kinetic energy
of the molecules ceases but potential energy is not zero. So, absolute zero temperature is not the
temperature of zero energy.

15 State the Second law of thermodynamics and write 2 applications of it?


Ans: According to second law of thermodynamics, when a cold body and a hot body are brought
into contact with each other, heat always from hot Body to the cold body. Also, that no heat engine
that works in cycle completely converts heat into work. Second law of thermodynamics is used in

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


working of heat engine and of refrigerator.

16 If the door of a refrigerator is kept open in a room, will it make the room warm or cool?
Ans: Refrigerator is a heat engine that works in the other manner, extracting heat from a cold body
and converting it to heat. Because it emits more heat into the room than it absorbs. As a result, the
overall effect is an increase in room temperature.

17 A steam engine delivers 5.4 x 108J of work per minute and services 3.6 x 109 J of heat per minute
from its boiler. What is the efficiency of the engine? How much heat is wasted per minute

18 Four curves A, B, C and D are drown in the adjoining figure for a given amount of gas. The curves
which represent adiabatic and isothermal changes are

a) C and D respectively
b)D and C respectively
c)A and B respectively
d) B and A respectively
Ans: c
19 A thermodynamic system is taken from an original state to an intermediate state by the linear
process shown in Fig.Its volume is then reduced to the original value from E to F by an isobaric
process. Calculate the total work done by the gas from D to E to F.

20 A cylinder with a movable piston contains 3 moles of hydrogen at standard temperature and
pressure. The walls of the cylinder are made of a heat insulator, and the piston is insulated by

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


having a pile of sand on it. By what factor does the pressure of the gas increase if the gas is
compressed to half its original volume?

21 A thermo flask contains coffee. It is violently shaken. Considering the coffee as a system:
1. does its temperature rise?
2. has heat been added to its?
3. has internal energy changed? Explain your answers.
Answer:
1Yes
2Heat is added to coffee
3Internal energy is changed. When we shake, the mechanical energy is added to the liquid
contained in a flask.
22 Why Cp is greater than Cv for a gas?
Answer:
When heat is given to a gas keeping its volume constant whole of it is used to raise the kinetic
energy hence, the temperature of the gas. But if the pressure is to be kept constant, then an
additional amount of heat is needed to raise the temperature of the same amount of gas by the same
extent as the gas has to do work against pressure in the expansion (volume is now increased). Thus
according to the definition of Cp and Cv, Cp>Cv.
23 If the work done, by giving 40 joule to a system is -8 joule, then find the change in the internal
energy of the system.
Solution:
Given : ΔQ = 40 joule,ΔW= -8 joule
Now, we have ΔQ = ΔW+ΔU
or
40 = – 8 + ΔU
or
Δ U = 48 joule.

Each question scores Four


1 Thermodynamics deals with the concept of heat and the exchange of heat energy.
a) Which law of thermodynamics is used to explain the working of heat engine?
b) Explain briefly, the operations of a Carnot’s engine, draw the Carnot’s cycle and deduce the
expression for its efficiency.
Ans:
a) Second law of thermodynamics
b) Carnot’s cycle
The Carnot cycle consists of two isothermal processes and two adiabatic processes.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Let the working substance in Carnot’s engine be the ideal gas.
Step 1 : The gas absorbs heat Q1 from hot reservoir at T, and undergoes isothermal expansion from
(P1, V1 ,T1) to (P2, V2, T1).
Step 2 : Gas undergoes adiabatic expansion from (P2, V2, T1) to (P3,V3, T2)
Step 3 : The gas release heat Q2 to cold reservoir at T2, by isothermal compression from
(P3,V3,T2)to(P4,V4,T2).
Step 4: To take gas into initial state, work is done on gas adiabatically (P4, V4, T2) to (P1, V1, T1)
Efficiency of Carnot’s engine

2 A perfect Carnot engine utilizes an ideal gas. The temperature of the source is 500 K and that of the
sink is 375 K. If the k engine takes 600 Kcal per cycle from the source, then calculate:
(i) the efficiency of the engine.
(ii) work done per cycle in Joule.
(iii) heat rejected to the sink per cycle.
Ans:
Here, T1 = temp, of source = 500 K
T2 = temp, of sink = 375 K
Q1 = heat absorbed from the source per cycle
= 600 Kcal
(i) the efficiency of the engine.
Let η = thermal efficiency of the Carnot engine,
then η = T1−T2 T1=500−375500
= 125500 = 0.25
∴ η = 0.25 × 100 = 25%
(ii) work done per cycle in Joule.
Let W be the work done/cycle, then
η =Work done per cycle Heat absorbed per cycle =WQ1
or
25100=W600
or
W = 25 × 6 = 150 K cal = 150 × 103 cal
= 150 × 103 × 4.2 J = 6.3 × 105 J

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


(iii) heat rejected to the sink per cycle.
Let Q2 = heat rejected to the sink per cycle, then
Q1 = W + Q2
or
Q2 = Q1 – W
= 600 – 150 = 450 K cal.
3 Draw the Carnot cycle and give essential features of a Carnot engine.
Answer:
Carnot cycle: Heat engines essentially have
1.a source of heat,
2.a W0fkthg substance
3.a sink (at a temperature lower than that source) and
4.mechanical parts.

4 A perfect Carnot engine utilizes an ideal gas. The temperature of the source is 500 K and that of the
sink is 375 K. If the k engine takes 600 Kcal per cycle from the source, then calculate: (i) the
efficiency of the engine. (ii) work done per cycle in Joule (iii) heat rejected to the sink per cycle.
Answer:
(i) the efficiency of the engine.
Let η = thermal efficiency of the Carnot engine,
then η =(T1−T2 )/ T1= (500−375) /500
= 0.25
∴ η = 0.25 × 100 = 25%
(ii) work done per cycle in Joule.
Let W be the work done/cycle, then
η =Work done per cycle / Heat absorbed per cycle =W/Q1
or
25 / 100=W / 600
or
W = 25 × 6 = 150 K cal
= 150 × 103 cal
= 150 × 103 × 4.2 J
= 6.3 × 105 J
(iii) heat rejected to the sink per cycle.
Let Q2 = heat rejected to the sink per cycle, then
Q1 = W + Q2
or
Q2 = Q1 – W
= 600 – 150
= 450 K cal

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)_The solution for learning Physics

Question Bank
Kinetic Theory of Gases

Each question scores One


1 At constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to ______
Ans: its pressure.
2 At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of a gas is directly proportional to __________
Ans: its absolute temperature.
3 A real gas behaves as an ideal gas at ____________
a) At higher temperature and lower pressure b) At higher temperature and higher pressure
c) At lower temperature and higher pressure.
Ans: a) At higher temperature and lower pressure
4 According to kinetic theory of ideal gas, size of the molecule is...... compared to distance between
molecules. Ans: smaller in size.
5 According to kinetic theory of ideal gas, molecules of a gas behaves as ______ spheres.
(Elastic/inelastic ) Ans: Elastic
6 The energy loss due to collision between 2 molecules of ideal gas is_______ Ans: Zero
7 Which of the following graphs represent the behaviour of an ideal gas at constant temperature

Ans: D
8 Equation for pressure in terms of density of gas is ________ 1
Ans: P= 3 ρ c2
9 On decreasing the density of the gas, the pressure exerted by the gas ___ (increases/decreases)
Ans: decreases.
10 The average distance travelled by a gas molecule between two successive collisions is called
_________ Ans: mean free path
11 On decreasing the density of the gas, the mean free path________ (Increases/decreases)
𝑚
Ans: increases (λ = )
𝜋𝑑2 𝜌
√2
12 For molecules having smaller diameter, the mean free path is (smaller/larger)
Ans : larger
13 Average kinetic energy of gas molecules is directly proportional to _________
Ans: T
14 The kinetic energy of one molecule of helium at a temperature T K is ________
3
Ans: kT
2
15 The kinetic energy of one molecule of oxygen at a temperature T K is _________
5
Ans: kT
2
16 The kinetic energy of one molecule of CO2 at a temperature T K is _________
5
Ans: kT
2
17 The kinetic energy of one molecule of SO2 at a temperature T K is _________
Ans: 3 k T
18 The kinetic energy of one mole of helium at a temperature T K is ________
3
Ans: RT
2
19 The kinetic energy of one molecule of oxygen at a temperature T K is ____________
5
Ans: RT
2
20 The kinetic energy of one mole of SO2 at a temperature T K is ____________
Ans: 3 R T
21 For a given gas vrms is directly proportional to__________
Ans: √T
22 3𝑅𝑇
Equation for r m s velocity of ideal gas vrms= ___________ Ans: √ 𝑀

23 If the molecular mass is higher, r m s speed of gas molecule will________(Increase/decrease )


Ans: decrease.
24 If the temperature of the gas is doubled, what will happen the average kinetic energy of the gas?
Ans: The average kinetic energy of the gas will also be doubled.
25 What microscopic property of an ideal gas doubles when the absolute temperature is doubled
Ans. Average kinetic energy of the molecules.
26 What macroscopic property of an ideal gas doubles when the absolute temperature is doubled while
keeping the pressure constant? Ans: Volume
27 At what temperature, the velocity of a gas molecule becomes double the value at STP?
Ans: 1092 K (Hint: v ∝ √T )
28 RMS velocity of a particle is C at pressure P. If the pressure is increased two time, at same T
then the r m s velocity becomes______________
Ans: C
29 A gas is made up of hydrogen and oxygen molecules. Which molecule moves faster?
Ans: Hydrogen molecule moves faster.
30 What are the total degrees of freedom for N number of monatomic gas?
Ans: 3 N
31 What are the total degrees of freedom for N number of diatomic gas?
Ans: 5 N
32 What are the total degrees of freedom for N number of triatomic (nonlinear) gas?
Ans: 6 N
33 What is the ratio of specific heats of a monatomic gas?
Ans: 1.66
34 What is the ratio of specific heats of diatomic gas?
Ans: 1.4
35 What is the ratio of specific heats of triatomic gas?
Ans: 1.33

Each question scores Two


1 Given a sample of 1 cm³ of hydrogen and 1 cm³ of oxygen both at NTP.Which sample has a larger number
of molecules?
Ans. Both the samples contain the same number of molecules in accordance with Avogadro's Law.
2 How does the average kinetic energy of each gas in a mixture compare?
Ans. The average kinetic energies are equal because they are at the same temperature.
3 Sometimes a cycle with well inflated tyre left in the Sun has its tube burst open. Why?
Ans. In the Sun, the pressure of air inside the tyre increases due to rise in temperature.

4 Explain with the help of kinetic theory, why the pressure of a gas on its container walls rises when
the volume is reduced.
Ans. When the volume of gas is reduced, its pressure increases on account of the fact that: (i) the
molecules have to travel a shorter distance between impacts on the container walls and (ii) these
impacts are now distributed over a smaller area.
5 In terms of kinetic theory of gases, explain why the pressure of a gas in a closed container increases when
the gas is heated.
Ans. When the temperature of a gas is increased, its pressure increases due to the following two
reasons. (i) With an increase in temperature, the velocity of the gas molecules increases and as such they
strike the walls of the container more often than before. (ii) Due to an increased velocity, each impact is
more powerful than before.
6 The volume of a gas sample is increased. Why does the pressure which is exerted by the gas
decrease?
Ans. When the volume of a gas is increased, its pressure decreases on account of the fact that: (i) the
molecules have to travel a longer distance between impacts on the container walls and
(ii) these impacts are now distributed over a large area.
7 What is the temperature when all molecular motion ceases?
Ans. Since the root mean square velocity is directly proportional to the square root of absolute
temperature (T), i.e., vrms ∝ √T , vrms = 0 when T=0. Thus, at absolute zero, the molecules of a gas stop
moving.
8 Is 'temperature' less than absolute zero possible? If not, why?
Ans. The temperature is on account of the translational molecular motion. At absolute zero, this
molecular motion completely stops. Obviously, a temperature less than absolute zero is not
possible.
9 What are the different ways of increasing the number of molecular collisions per unit time in a gas?
Ans. By increasing the temperature, by increasing the number of molecules and by decreasing the volume.
10 Is it possible to increase the temperature of a gas without adding heat to it? If yes, explain how?
Ans. The temperature of a gas can be increased by compressing it. The work done in compressing the gas
is converted into its internal energy which results in an increase in its temperature.
11 What do you understand by the term, mean free path of molecules? Name the factors on which it
depends.
Ans: Mean free path of a molecule in a gas is the average distance travelled by the molecule
between two successive collisions.
The mean free path depends on the number of gas molecules in unit volume (number density)
and size (diameter) of the molecules.
12 What is meant by the number of degree of freedom of a dynamic system?
The number of degrees of freedom of a dynamical system is defined as the total number of co-
ordinates or independent variables required to describe the position and configuration of the
system.
13 How does the number of degrees of freedom of a monatomic molecule become three?
Ans: A monatomic molecule consists of only a single atom of point mass. A point mass can have
translatory motion only and cannot rotate. Therefore it has three degrees of freedom of translatory
motion along the three co-ordinate axes.
14 How does the number of degrees of freedom of a diatomic molecule become five?
Ans: The diatomic molecule can rotate about any axis at right angles to its own axis. Hence it has
two degrees of freedom of rotational motion in addition to three degrees of freedom of
translational motion along the three axes. So a diatomic molecule has five degrees of freedom.

15 How does the number of degrees of freedom of a triatomic molecule become six?
Ans: A triatomic molecule of non – linear type may rotate about the three mutually perpendicular
axes. Therefore, it possesses three degrees of freedom of rotation in addition to three degrees of
freedom of translation motion along the three axes. So a triatomic molecule has six degrees of
freedom.
16 Define the law of equipartition of energy.
Ans: Law of equipartition of energy states that for a dynamic system in thermal equilibrium the
total energy of the system is shared equally by all the degrees of freedom. The energy associated
with each degree of freedom per molecule is ½ k T, where k is the Boltzmann’s constant.
17 Find the ratio of r m s velocity of hydrogen molecule to that of oxygen molecule at NTP
Ans: Hydrogen and oxygen are diatomic molecules and so they have the same kinetic energy at
5
NTP (KE of a diatomic molecule = 2 kT)
1 1 V2H mO
mH vH2 = mO vO2 or = But mH = 2u and mO = 32 u
2 2 V2O mH
V2H 32
Therefore = = 16
V2O 2
VH
= 4. VH : VO = 4:1
VO
18 Oxygen and helium are at the same temperature. The mean kinetic energy of random motion of
helium is E, then what is the mean kinetic energy of oxygen?
Ans: Helium is a monatomic gas and the expression of kinetic energy is
3
KE = 2 kT = E (given)
5 5 3 5
Oxygen is a diatomic gas and the kinetic energy KE = 2 kT = 3 × 2 k T = E
3
19 Find the ratio of rms velocity of helium molecule to that of hydrogen molecule at NTP
Ans: Helium is a monatomic molecule and hydrogen is a diatomic molecules.
3 5 5 3 5
KEHe = 2 kT KEH = 2 kT = ×2 kT = KEHe
3 3
1 5 1
That is mH vH2 = 2
×2 mHe vHe
2 3
V2He 3 𝑚𝐻 3 2 3
=5 = 5 × 4 =10
V2H 𝑚𝐻𝑒

𝑣𝐻𝑒 3
= √10 vHe : vH = √3 : √10
𝑣𝐻

20 Find the ratio of rms velocity of hydrogen molecule to that of nitrogen molecule at NTP
Ans: Hydrogen and nitrogen are diatomic molecules and so they have the same kinetic energy at
5
NTP (KE of a diatomic molecule = kT)
2
1 1 V2H mN
mH vH2 = mN vN2 or = But mH = 2 u and mN = 28 u
2 2 V2N mH
V2H 28
Therefore = = 14
V2O 2
VH
= √14. VH : VO √14 : 1
VO
21 Find the ratio of kinetic energy of hydrogen molecule to that of nitrogen molecule at NTP .
Ans: Hydrogen and nitrogen are diatomic molecules and so they have the same kinetic energy at
5
NTP (KE of a diatomic molecule = 2 kT)
Ratio of kinetic energy of hydrogen molecule to that of nitrogen molecule ; 1 : 1
22 Find the ratio of kinetic energy of helium molecule to that of hydrogen molecule at NTP .
Ans: Helium is a monatomic molecule and hydrogen is a diatomic molecules.
3 5 5 3 5
KEHe = 2 kT KEH = 2 kT = ×2 kT = KEHe
3 3
𝐾𝐸𝐻𝑒 3
= KEHe : KEH = 3:5
𝐾𝐸𝐻 5

Each question scores Three


1 On the basis of kinetic theory, explain why evaporation causes cooling?
Ans. The molecules of a liquid are moving with different velocities. Further, the temperature of a
liquid is determined by the rms velocity of its molecules. Ordinarily, the molecules are prevented
from leaving the liquid surface by the downward force of cohesion. But in evaporation, some of the
molecules moving with large velocities manage to escape and as such the rms velocity of the
remaining molecules decreases. This results in a decrease in temperature, i.e., cooling of the liqui
2 Two vessels of the same size are at the same temperature. One of them holds 1 kg of H₂ gas and the gas
and the other holds 1 kg of N₂ gas and the gas.
(a) Which of the vessels contains more molecules?
(b) Which of the vessels is under greater pressure and why?
(c) In which vessel is the average molecular speed greater? How many times greater?
Ans. (a) Hydrogen. As 2g of H₂ gas and the contains NA molecules, 1 kg of H₂ gas and the contains (NA/2) ×
1000 = 500
NA molecules where NA is the Avogadro's number. In case of N₂ gas and the, 28g of N₂ gas and the contains
NA molecules, therefore, 1 kg of N₂ gas and the contains (NA/28) x 1000 =36NA.
(b) As P = N kBT and kB, T are constants, P is proportional to N. Since the number (N) of the
molecules per unit volume is more in case of hydrogen than in case of nitrogen, hydrogen exerts
more pressure than nitrogen.
(c) Hydrogen.
3 From the law of equipartition of energy obtain the expression of the kinetic energy per molecule
per degree of freedom.
Ans: Let us consider one mole of monatomic gas in thermal equilibrium at
Temperature T. Each molecule has three degrees of freedom due to translatory motion.
3
According to kinetic theory of gases, the mean kinetic energy of a molecule is 2 k T.
Let Cx, Cy and Cz be the components of rms velocity of a molecule along the three axes. Then the
average energy of a gas molecule is given by
½ m C2 = ½ m Cx2 + ½ m Cy2 + ½ m Cz2.
3
Therefore, ½ m Cx2 + ½ m Cy2 + ½ m Cz2 = 2 k T
Since molecules move at random, the average kinetic energy corresponding to each degree of
1
freedom is same. Therefore ½ m Cx2 = ½ m Cy2 = ½ m Cz2 = 2 k T
Therefore mean kinetic energy per molecule per degree of freedom is ½ k T
4 Obtain the ratio of specific heats of a monoatomic gas.
Ans: According to the law of equipartion of energy, the kinetic energy per molecule per degree of
freedom = ½ kT ---------- (1)
We have for monatomic gas molecules, the total number of degree of freedom for one mole = 3N
where N is the Avogadronumber. Therefore the total kinetic energy of one mole of monatomic
3
molecules E = 3 N × ½ k T = R T ---------- (2)
2
The molar heat capacity for one mole of monatomic gas at constant volume,
𝑑𝐸 𝑑 3 3
Cv = 𝑑𝑇 = 𝑑𝑇 [2 R T ] = 2 R -------- (3)
The molar heat capacity for one mole of monatomic gas at constant pressure,
3 5
Cp = Cv + R = 2 R + R = 2 R ---------- (4)
5
𝐶𝑝 𝑅 5
The ratio of specific heats = 23 = = 1.667 ------ (5)
𝐶𝑣 𝑅 3
2
5 Obtain the ratio of specific heats of a diatomic gas.
Ans: According to the law of equipartion of energy, the kinetic energy per molecule per degree of
freedom = ½ kT ---------- (1)
We have for diatomic gas molecules, the total number of degree of freedom for one mole = 5N
where N is the Avogadronumber.
Therefore the total kinetic energy of one mole of diatomic molecules
5
E=5N×½kT= R T ---------- (2)
2
The molar heat capacity for one mole of diatomic gas at constant volume,
𝑑𝐸 𝑑 5 5
Cv = 𝑑𝑇 = 𝑑𝑇 [2 R T ] = 2 R -------- (3)
The molar heat capacity for one mole of diatomic gas at constant pressure,
5 7
Cp = Cv + R = 2 R + R = 2 R ---------- (4)
7
𝐶𝑝 𝑅 7
The ratio of specific heats = 25 = = 1.4 -------- (5)
𝐶𝑣 𝑅 5
2
6 Obtain the ratio of specific heats of a triatomic (non linear type) gas.
Ans: According to the law of equipartion of energy, the kinetic energy per molecule per degree of
freedom = ½ kT ---------- (1)
We have for tritomic gas molecules, the total number of degree of freedom for one mole = 6N
where N is the Avogadronumber.
Therefore the total kinetic energy of one mole of triatomic molecules
E = 6 N × ½ k T = 3 R T ---------- (2)
The molar heat capacity for one mole of diatomic gas at constant volume,
𝑑𝐸 𝑑
Cv = 𝑑𝑇 = 𝑑𝑇 [3 R T ] = 3 R -------- (3)
The molar heat capacity for one mole of diatomic gas at constant pressure,
Cp = Cv + R = 3R + R = 4 R ---------- (4)
𝐶𝑝 4𝑅 4
The ratio of specific heats = 3𝑅 = = 1.33 -------- (5)
𝐶𝑣 3
7 The degree of freedom of a gas is N where N is the Avogadro number. Then what is the ratio of
its two specific heats?
Ans: According to the law of equipartion of energy, the kinetic energy per molecule per degree of
freedom = ½ kT ---------- (1)
Given, the total number of degree of freedom the gas = N. Therefore the total kinetic energy of
the gas E = N × ½ k T = ½ R T ---------- (2)
The molar heat capacity of the gas at constant volume,
𝑑𝐸 𝑑 1
Cv = 𝑑𝑇 = 𝑑𝑇 [2 R T ] = ½ R -------- (3)
The molar heat capacity of the gas at constant pressure,
3
Cp = Cv + R = ½ R + R = R ---------- (4)
2
3
𝐶𝑝 𝑅
2
The ratio of specific heats 𝐶𝑣
= 1 = 3 ------- (5)
𝑅
2

Each question scores Four


1 Write four postulates of kinetic theory of gases.
Ans:
1. A gas consists of a very large number of molecules which are perfectly identical elastic
spheres. These molecules are in a state of continuous random motion in all directions with all
possible velocities.
2. The size of each molecule is very small as compared to the distance between any two of them.
Hence the volume occupied by all the molecules is negligible in comparison to the total volume of
the gas.
3. There is no force of attraction or repulsion between the molecules and the walls of the
container.
4. The collisions of the molecules amoung themselves and with the walls of the container are
perfectly elastic. Therefore, momentum and kinetic energy of the molecules are conserved during
collisions.
2 Prove that the temperature of an ideal gas is the measure of the mean translational kinetic energy
per molecule of the gas.
1
Ans: We have the pressure exerted by an ideal gas P = 3 ρ C2 ------ (1) where ρ is the density of
the gas and C is the rms velocity of the molecule.
Let us consider one mole of gas of mass M and volume V. We have
𝑀 1𝑀 1
Put ρ = in eq(1) we get, P = 3 𝐶 2 or PV= 𝑀 𝐶 2 ------- (2)
𝑉 𝑉 3
From ideal gas equation for 1 mole of gas, PV = RT -------- (3)
1 3 1
From eq (2) and eq(3) we get, RT = 𝑀 𝐶2 or R T = 2 𝑀 𝐶 2 -------- (3)
3 2
3
That is the average kinetic energy for one mole of ideal gas K.E = R T ------ (4)
2
1
Since one mole of a gas contains N number of atoms where N is the Avogadro number, then, 2
2 3 1 2 3 𝑅 3 𝑅
𝑚𝑁 𝐶 = 2 R T or 𝑚𝐶 =2 T = 𝑘 T ------(5) where k = is called Boltzmann
2 𝑁 2 𝑁
constant (gas constant for one molecule) k = 1.38 × 10-23 J K-1
3
Therefore the average kinetic energy for one molecule of ideal gas = 𝑘T
2
Hence it is clear that the temperature of a gas is the measure of the mean traslational kinetic
energy per molecule of the gas.
3 Obtain the expression of mean free path of a gas molecule.
Ans: Assume that only one molecule is in motion and all other molecules are at rest. Let d be the
diameter of each molecule. The moving molecule will collide against all those molecules whose
centers lie within a distance d from the centre of the moving molecule. Suppose l is the distance
travelled by the moving molecule. The moving molecule will make a collision with all those
molecules whose centres lie inside a volume π d2 l

Suppose n is the no. of molecules per unit volume in the gas, then
no. of collisions = no. of molecules in the volume π d2 l = n π d2 l ------- (1)
total distance travelled l 1
Now the mean free path λ = = 2
= --------- (2)
total no.of collissions n πd l 𝑛 πd2
In the above derivation, we have assumed that all the molecules are stationary. But this is not
correct. So the chances of collision by a molecule is greater. Taking this into account, the mean
free path can be shown to be √2 times less than that shown above
1
That is λ = ---------(3)
√2 n πd2
m
Multiplying and dividing eq(3) by m we get λ = --- (4)
√2 m n πd2
m
Put m n = ρ where ρ is the density of the gas. Therefore, λ = ------ (5)
√2 πd2 ρ

Each question scores Five

1 Deduce an expression for the pressure of an ideal gas.


Ans
Consider a cubical container of side l containing
n molecules of perfect gas moving with velocities C1, C2,
C3, ------ , Cn. A molecule moving with a velocity C1, will
have velocities u1, v1 and w1 as components along x, y and
z axes respectively. Similarly u2, v2 and w2 are the velocity
components of the second molecule and so on. Consider
the first molecule having velocity C1 collide against the wall
BCFG perpendicular to x – axis. Only the x – component of
the velocity of the molecule is relevant for this wall. Hence momentum of the molecule before
collision is m u1 where m is the mass of the molecule. Since the collision is elastic, the molecule
will rebound with velocity u1 in the opposite direction. Hence momentum of the molecule after
collision is – mu1.
Change in momentum of the molecule = Final momentum – Initial momentum
ΔP = - mu1 – mu1 = - 2 mu1 ------- (1)
During each successive collision on the face BCFG the molecule must travel a distance 2l from
face BCFG to face ADEH and back to face BCFG.
2l
Time taken between two successive collisions is Δt = u --------(2)
1

Change in momentum (ΔP)


Therefore the rate of change of momentum = Time taken (Δt)

−2mu1 −2mu21 −mu21


= 2l = =
2l l
u1

−mu21
That is the force exerted on the molecule = .
l

According to Newton’s third law of motion, the force exerted by the molecule =
(−mu21 ) m u21
- = --------- (3)
l l
m u21 m u22 m u23 m u2n
Force exerted by all the n molecules is Fx = + + + ------- +
l l l l

Pressure exerted by the molecules


Fx 1 m u21 m u22 m u23 m u2n
Px = = l2 [ + + + −−− + ]
A l l l l
m
= l3 (u12 + u22 + u23 + − − − + u2n ) -------- (4)

Similarly, pressure exerted by the molecules alon Y and Z axes are


m
Py = (v12 + v22 + v32 + − − − + vn2 ) --------------(5)
l3
m
and Pz = l3 (w12 + w22 + w32 + − − − + wn2 ) ----- (6)

Since the gas exerts the same pressure on all the walls of the container,
Px = Py = Pz = P
Px +Py +Pz
Or, P =
3
m
= [(u12 + u22 + u23 + − − − + u2n ) + (v12 + v22 + v32 + − − − + vn2 ) +
3 l3

(w12 + w22 + w32 + − − + wn2 )]


m
P= [(u12 + v 12 + w12 ) + (u22 + v22 + w22 ) + (u23 + v32 + w32 ) + − − − − + (u2n + vn2 + wn2 )
3 l3
m
P= [(C12 + C 22 + C32 + − − − + Cn2 ) ----------- (7)
3 l3

where C12 =u12 + v 12 + w12 , C 22 = u22 + v22 + w22 and so on


mn C21 +C 22 +C23 + −−−+C2n 1 mn
P= [ ] = C2 -------(8)
3 l3 n 3 V

where C is called the root mean square (RMS) velocity.


mn 1
But = ρ where ρ is the density of the gas taken. Therefore P = 3 ρ C2 ------- (9)
V

C21 + C22 + C23 + −−− + C2n


Note: C = √ n
HSPTA MALAPPURAM
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)-The Solution for Learning Physics
Question Bank
CHAPTER 14-OSCILLATIONS

Each question scores One


1 What is the time period of a second’s pendulum?

Ans: 2 second.
2 The time period of a simple pendulum of length l as measured in a lift descending with the
acceleration g/3 m/s 2 is .......

Ans: T =2 π
√ 3l
2g
3 A particle executing SHM is an example of ..................
i) acceleration of constant magnitude and direction.
ii) acceleration of changing magnitude and direction.
iii) acceleration of changing magnitude but constant direction.
iv) acceleration of constant magnitude but changing direction.

Ans: iii) acceleration of changing magnitude but constant direction.


4 What is a seconds pendulum?

Ans: Pendulum with time period = 2 second.


5 Under what conditions for the amplitude, are the oscillations of the pendulum simple harmonic?

Ans : For small amplitude.


6 What is the frequency of a simple pendulum mounted in a cabin that is freely falling under gravity?

Ans: Frequency become zero.


7 A vibrating simple pendulum of period T is placed in a lift which is accelerating downwards. What
is the effect of this on the time period of the pendulum?

Ans; Time period increases.


8 L-T2 graph of motion of a simple pendulum will be......

Ans: Straight line with a slope


9 Two simple pendulum, one with a copper bob and the other with an iron bob with same length are
oscillating. Which one will have more time period?

Ans: Both have same time period.


10 L-T graph of motion of a simple pendulum will be.....

Ans: Parabolic.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


11 Give an example for periodic motion which is not oscillatory?

Ans: Rotation of earth.


12 Equation for wave number k=.......

Ans:

λ
13 The relation connecting ω and v is.....

Ans:
v =ω
k
14 A simple pendulum is taken from the equator to the pole,its period

a) Decreases b) Increases

c) Remains same c) Becomes infinity

Ans: a) Decrease
15 Which of the following is correct?

a) A periodic motion is an SHM b) A periodic motion is not SHM

c) A SHM is not a periodic motion d) A periodic motion may be an SHM

Ans: d) A periodic motion may be an SHM


16 Which one of the following relationships between the acceleration ‘a’ and the displacement ‘x’ of a particle
involve simple harmonic motion?

a) a = 5x b) a = -200 x 2 c) a = -5x d) a = 100 x3

Ans: c) a = -5x

17 What is the frequency of a simple pendulum mounted in a cabin that is freely falling under gravity?
Ans: Frequency become zero.
18 A vibrating simple pendulum of period T is placed in a lift which is accelerating downwards. What
is the effect of this on the time period of the pendulum?
Ans; Time period increases.

Each question scores Two


1 In a simple pendulum made of a metallic wire, what will happen to the period when the temperature
increases? Give a reason.

Ans: Time period increases. When the temperature increases , due to thermal expansion, the length
of pendulum will increase and hence time period increases.
2 Define Simple Harmonic motion (SHM).

Ans: Simple harmonic motion (SHM) is defined as such an oscillatory motion about a fixed point

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


(mean position) in which the restoring force is always proportional to the displacement from that
point and is always directed towards that point.
3 The acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the moon is 1.7 m/s 2 .What is the time period of
asimple pendulum on the moon, if its time period on the earth is 3.5 second?

2 1
Ans: We have , T α for a fixed length.
g
1 1
Therefore, T 2moon α 2
and T earth α
g moon g earth
2
T moon g earth
Dividing, 2
=
T earth gmoon
2 2 gearth 2 9.8
T moon=T earth =3.5 x =70.62
g moon 1.7
therefore , Time period on the moon, Tmoon = 8.4 second.
4 List any two conditions for a motion of a body to be simple harmonic.

Ans; i. The restoring force is always proportional to the displacement from the mean position.
ii. The restoring force is always directed towards the mean position.
5 A man with wristwatch on his hand falls from the top of a tower. Does the watch give the correct
time during the free fall? Why?

Ans:Yes, the motion in the wristwatch depends on spring action and has nothing to do with
acceleration due to gravity.
6 Name two examples for simple harmonic motion.

Ans: i. Oscillation of a loaded spring.


ii. Oscillation of a simple pendulum.
7 A girl is swinging on a swing in the sitting position. How will the period of swing be affected if she
stands up?

Ans; Time period decreases, as the length of the pendulum decreases when she stands up.
8 Represent Simple Harmonic Motion graphically.

Ans;

9 What is periodic motion? Give examples.

Ans:- Any motion which repeats itself at regular intervals of time is called periodic motion.
Example :

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


1) Motion of a swing
2) Motion of a simple pendulum
3) Rotation of the earth about its own axis
10 Define oscillatory motion. Give examples.

Ans:- Oscillatory motion is a periodic motion in which the particle moves to and fro on either side of the
mean position between two limits. One to and fro motion is an oscillation or vibration.
Eg :
1) Oscillations of the simple pendulum
2) Vibrations of the prongs of the tuning fork
11 A girl is swinging in a swing in a sitting position with a period T. What will happen to the period, if
she starts swinging in a standing position?

Ans:- T = 2π
√ l
g
l is the distance upto the centre of gravity. Centre of gravity of the human body is in the pelvic
cavity. When she stands up the centre of gravity will get raised. Therefore l decreases and T
decreases.

12 In a simple pendulum made of a metallic wire, what will happen to the period when the temperature
increases? Give a reason.
Ans: Time period increases. When the temperature increases, due to thermal expansion, the length
of pendulum will increase and hence time period increases.
13 What is the velocity of a particle at the extreme point and mean point, which is executing SHM?
Ans; At the extreme point velocity = 0
At the mean point velocity , v=ωA
14 What is the acceleration of a particle at the extreme point and mean point, which is executing SHM?
Ans; At the extreme point acceleration, a= -ω2A
At the mean point acceleration =0
15 What is the Kinetic energy of a particle at the extreme point and mean point, which is executing SHM?
Ans; At the extreme point Kinetic energy= 0
1 2 2
At the mean point Kinetic energy, KE= m ω A
2
16 What is the Potential energy of a particle at the extreme point and mean point, which is executing SHM?
1 2 2
Ans; At the extreme point Potential energy PE= m ω A
2
At the mean point Potential energy=0
17 Name two examples for simple harmonic motion.
Ans: i. Oscillation of a loaded spring.
ii. Oscillation of a simple pendulum.
18 A girl is swinging on a swing in the sitting position. How will the period of swing be affected if she
stands up?
Ans; Time period decreases, as the length of the pendulum decreases when she stands up.
19 Draw the graph showing the variation of KE, PE and Total energy of a particle executing SHM with
displacement from the mean point.

Ans:

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Each question scores Three
1 A simple pendulum has a bob of mass m is suspended from the ceiling of a lift which is lying at the
ground floor of a multi storied building.
a) Find the period of oscillation of pendulum when the lift is stationary.
b)What is the tension of the string of the pendulum when it is ascending with an acceleration ‘a’?
c) What is the period of oscillation of the pendulum while the lift is ascending?

Ans: a) T =2 π
√ l
g
b) Tension T = m(g+a)

c) T =2 π
√ l
g+ a

2 The bob of a simple pendulum is a hollow sphere filled with mercury. It oscillates with a period T.
As it is oscillating mercury flows out through a hole at the bottom. What happens to the period?

Ans:- The centre of gravity is originally at the centre. When mercury flows out the centre of gravity
gets lowered, reaches the lowermost point and then rises to the original place when all the mercury
flows out. Therefore l will first increase, reach a maximum and then decrease to the original value.
Therefore period will first increase, reach a maximum and then decrease to the original value.
3 Show that length of seconds pendulum is 1m.

Ans:
T = 2π
√ l
g
Here T=2 sec
2 = 2π
√ l
g
1=π
√ l
g
on squaring
l
1= π2
g
Since π=3.14 π2 ≈ 9.8 g = 9.8m/s2
so l = 1m.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


4 Find the value of velocity of SHM at points
1) at the origin.
2)at the amplitude.
3) at half of the amplitude.
Ans:
v = ω √A 2− y 2

1) at y=0
v= Aω
2) at y = A
v=0
3) at y = A/2
v = ω √A 2− A 2 /4
v = √3 Aω/2.
5 a) Among the following, which are examples of simple harmonic motion?
i. The rotation of the earth about its axis.
ii. Vertical oscillations of a loaded spring.
iii. Oscillations of a simple pendulum.
iv. Uniform circular motion.
b) The displacement in simple harmonic motion can be represented as x(t) = A Cos(ωt+ Φ), where ‘Φ’is the
phase constant. Identify and define ‘A’ and ‘ω’ in the equation.
Ans:
(a) ii. Vertical oscillations of a loaded spring.
iii. Oscillations of a simple pendulum.

(b) ‘A’ is the amplitude.

It is the maximum displacement of particle from the mean position.

‘ω’ is the angular velocity or angular frequency .

It is the rate of change of angular displacement.

6 A simple pendulum has a bob of mass m is suspended from the ceiling of a lift which is lying at the
ground floor of a multi storied building.
a) Find the period of oscillation of pendulum when the lift is stationary.
b)What is the tension of the string of the pendulum when it is ascending with an
acceleration ‘a’?
c) What is the period of oscillation of the pendulum while the lift is ascending?

Ans: a) T =2 π
√ l
g
b) Tension T = m(g+a)

c) T =2 π
√ l
g+ a

7 A particle executes SHM of amplitude A. At what distance from the mean position is its kinetic

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


energy equal to its potential energy?
We have given KE =PE

1 1
m ω 2 ( A 2−x 2 )= m ω 2 x 2
2 2
A 2 =2 x 2
A
x=
√2
This is the distance from mean position at which KE= PE.

8 Show that the function (sin ωt – cos ωt) represents simple harmonic motion.
Ans: Given f(t) = (sin ωt – cos ωt)

df (t )
=ω cos ω t+ ω sin ω t
dt
d 2 f (t ) 2 2
2
=− ω sin ω t + ω cos ω t
dt
d 2 f (t ) 2
2
=− ω (sin ω t−cos ω t)
dt
d 2 f (t ) 2
2
=− ω f (t )
dt
d 2 f (t ) 2
2
+ ω f (t )=0
dt
This is the differential equation for SHM

9 Simple harmonic motion of a block of mass m attached to a spring is shown in figure. The distance between
extreme points A and B is 10 cm.
Take the direction from A to B as the positive. Redraw the given table and give the signs of velocity,
acceleration and force .

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Point Velocity Acceleration Force

(a) at the end B 0

(b) at the mid- 0 0


point of AB
going
towards A
(c) at 2 cm away
from B going
towards A
Ans:

Point Velocity Acceleration Force


(a) at the end B 0 Negative Negative

(b) at the mid- Negative 0 0


point of AB
going towards
A
(c) at 2 cm away Negative Negative Negative
from B going
towards A

Each question scores Four


1 a) Among the following, which are examples of simple harmonic motion?
i. The rotation of the earth about its axis. ii. Vertical oscillations of a loaded spring.
iii. Oscillations of a simple pendulum. iv. Uniform circular motion.
b) The displacement in simple harmonic motion can be represented as x(t) = A Cos(ωt+ Φ), where
‘Φ’is the phase constant. Identify and define ‘A’ and ‘ω’ in the equation.

Ans;
a) ii. Vertical oscillations of a loaded spring.
iii. Oscillations of a simple pendulum.
b) ‘A’ is the amplitude.
It is the magnitude of maximum displacement of particle from the mean position
‘ω’ is the angular frequency.
It is the rate of change of angular displacement.

ω= OR ω =2 π f
T
2 A student is advised to study the variation of period of oscillation with the length of a simple
pendulum in the laboratory. Accordingly he recorded the period of oscillation for different lengths
of the pendulum.
a) If he plots an L – T2 graph,draw the shape of the graph?
b) How would you determine the value of acceleration due to gravity using L– T2 graph?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: a)

b) We have T =2 π
√ l
g
2 l
Therefore g=4 π ( 2
)
T
2
T
From the graph slope =
l
2 1
Therefore g=4 π x
slope

3 2π
A particle executes simple harmonic motion according to the equation x = 5 sin( t)
3
a)Find the period of the oscillation
b)What is the minimum time required for the particle to move between two points 2.5cm on either
side of the mean position?

Ans: a)We have x= a sin ωt



Given x=5 sin ( t)
3
2π 2π
Comparing ω = But ω =
3 T
Therefore , Time period T=3 s

b)We have x= 5 sin ( t)
3
When the particle moves 2.5 cm from the mean position,

2.5=5 sin ( t)
3
2π 1
sin ( t)= =sin ( π )
3 2 6
Therefore , t=0.25 s
Time taken to travel 2.5 from the mean position is 0.25 sec. Hence time taken to travel 2.5 cm
on either side of the mean position is 0.5 sec.
4 a). Which one of the following relationships between the acceleration (a) and the displacement (x) of a
particle involves simple harmonic motion?
i. a = 0.7 x

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


2
ii. a = -200 x

iii. a = -10x

3
iv. a=100x

b). A simple harmonic motion is represented as x = A sin ωt. Obtain the expression for velocity and
acceleration of the object and hence prove that acceleration is directly proportional to the displacement.

Ans:

(a) iii. a = -10x

(b)Velocity in SHM:

Equation for SHM is given by,


x=A sin ωt
dx
But velocity v=
dt
d ( A sin ωt )
=
dt
=Aω cos ωt
=Aω √1−sin 2 ωt

=Aω 1−
√ x2
A2

=Aω

Aω 2 2
A 2 −x 2
A2
=
A
√A −x
∴ v= ω √A 2 −x2
Acceleration in SHM:
We have velocity in SHM,

v=A ωcosωt
dv
∴acceleration , a=
dt
d ( Aωcos ωt )
=
dt
d (cos ωt )
=Aω
dt
=−Aω . ωsin ωt
=−Aω 2 sin ωt
∴ a=−ω2 x or
2
d x
2
=−ω2 x
dt

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


This is the expression for acceleration.
From the above equation it is clear that the acceleration is directly proportional to displacement and is
directed towards the mean position.

5 a) Define Simple Harmonic motion (SHM)


b) For a SHM, time period T=2s. If displacement from the mean position is 10 cm, calculate the
instantaneous acceleration.

c) Graphically show the variation of Kinetic energy of a simple pendulum in SHM with its position.

Ans:

(a) Simple harmonic motion (SHM) is defined as such an oscillatory motion about a fixed point (mean
position) in which the restoring force is always proportional to the displacement from that point and is
always directed towards that point.

b) Given T= 2s x=10cm=0.1 m

2
instantaneous acceleration a = -ω x

2 π 2 x 3.14
But ω= = =3.14 s−1
T 2
2
= -(3.14) x 0.1

2
=0.986 m/s

(c)

6 All types of simple harmonic motion are periodic in nature. Derive the mathematical expressions for kinetic
and potential energies of a particle executing simple harmonic motion.

Ans:

Kinetic energy of SHM:

We know, velocity of a particle executing SHM ,

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


v=ω √A2 −x 2
1
∴K . E= mv 2
2
1
= mω2 ( A2 −x 2 )
2
Case 1: At mean position, x=0 .
1
∴ K . Emax = mω2 A 2
2
Case 2: At extreme position, x=+A or -A,
∴K . E min =0
Potential Energy of SHM:
Consider a particle executing SHM. Let ‘x’ be the displacement at any instant ‘t’.
The work done for a displacement ‘dx’ is given by dW=- F.dx
But F=ma
= -mω2x ( because a= - ω2x )
Thus, dW= mω2x dx
Therefore, total work done for a displacement of the particle from x=0, to x=x is given by,
x
W=∫ dW
0
x
W =∫ mω xdx
2

0
1
W = mω2 x 2
2
This work done is stored as the potential energy,
1 1 2
∴PE= mω2 x 2 or kx
2 2

Case1: At the mean position , x=0.


∴PE min=0
Case2: At the extreme position, x=+ A or−A
1
∴PE max = mω2 A 2
2
7 2π
A particle executes simple harmonic motion according to the equation x = 5sin( t)
3
a)find the period of the oscillation
b)What is the minimum time required for the particle to move between two points 2.5cm on either
side of the mean position?
Ans: a)We have x= a sin ωt

Given x=5 sin ( t)
3
2π 2π
Comparing ω = But ω =
3 T
Therefore , Time period T=3 s

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



b)We have x= 5 sin ( t)
3
When the particle moves 2.5 cm from the mean position,

2.5=5 sin ( t)
3
2π 1
sin ( t)= =sin ( π )
3 2 6
Therefore , t=0.25 s
Time taken to travel 2.5 from the mean position is 0.25 sec. Hence time taken to travel 2.5 cm on either side
of the mean position is 0.5 sec.

Each question scores Five


1 a) Prove that the oscillations of a simple pendulum are simple harmonic and hence derive an
expression for the time period of a simple pendulum.
b) What is the length of a simple pendulum, which ticks seconds?

Ans: a)Simple pendulum consists of a bob of mass ‘m’, suspended from one end of an inextensible
string of length ‘L’. The other end is fixed to a rigid support.
The length of the pendulum is the distance between the rigid support and the centre of the bob.
When the bob is pulled to one side and released the pendulum executes oscillations.
At any instant ‘θ’ be the angular displacement.
The weight of the bob ‘mg’ can be resolved into two components,
mgsin θà directed towards mean position,
mgcos θà in the direction of string.
Here, ‘mgsin θ’ gives the restoring force.

ie F=−mg sinθ=−mg θ ( as θ << )


x
But θ=
L
∴ F=−
mg
L ( )
x

Thus for small amplitude oscillations, the force is proportional to the displacement and
directed towards mean position. Hence oscillations of simple pendulum is SHM.

Period of oscillation of a simple pendulum:

For a simple pendulum,

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


F=− (mg
L )
x and

F=ma
∴ ma=− (mg
L )
x
gx
a=−
L
But a=−ω2 x
gx
∴ −ω 2 x=−
L
g
ω 2=
L
ω=
√ g
L

T
=
√ g
L
T =2 π
√L
g
This is the period of oscillation of a simple pendulum.

b)The length of a seconds pendulum (which ticks seconds) L=1m.


2 The oscillation of a loaded spring is Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM)
a) Prove the above statement.
b) Find the period of oscillation of a loaded spring.
c) What happens to the period of oscillation when the spring is taken to moon?

Ans:

(a)

Consider a spring of spring constant ‘k’ made into oscillations by applying a weight of mass ‘m’
attached to the free end. The other end is attached to a rigid support.

Let ‘x’ be the displacement. The restoring force in the spring is proportional to ‘x’.
ie, Restoring force, F= -kx.
Where, kà spring constant or force constant.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


d2 x
But , F=m
dt 2
d2 x
∴ m =−kx
dt 2
d2 x
m + kx=0
dt 2
d2 x k
+ x =0
dt 2 m
k
Put =ω2
m
2
d x 2
∴ +ω x=0
2
dt

This equation represents that the oscillations of a spring is SHM.


(b)
The equation for oscillation of a spring is given by,
d2 x 2
+ω x =0
dt 2
where ω=
√ k
m

2π k
T
=
m√
or T =2 π
√ m
k

This is the period of oscillation of spring.


(c) No change.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


( v) moist air .  ( v) dry air v  v  w   v
w
HSPTA MALAPPURAM
1
2
PHYSOL-3(Plus One)_The solution for learning Physics
Question Bank
Chapter-15 Waves
Each question scores One
1 What is the relation between period (T) and frequency (ν ) ?
1 1
Ans:- T = ν , ν=
T
2 Unit of frequency is
Ans: hertz (Hz)
3 Unit of wave number k is
Ans: m–1
4 If two sound waves has a phase difference of 600, then find out the path difference between the two
waves?
Ans: 600
5 In transverse wave vibrations are.... to the direction of propogation.
Ans: perpendicular
6 What is the distance between two consecutive crests or troughs?
Ans:- One wave length ()
7 What is the distance between a crest and the neighbouring trough?
λ
Ans:- Half a wavelength ( )
2
8 What is the distance between two consecutive compressions or rarefactions?
Ans:- One wavelength (  )
9 What is the distance between a compression and the neighbouring rarefaction?
Ans:- Half a wavelength
10 What type of wave is the sound wave through air?
Ans:- Longitudinal waves
11 What type of wave is the wave on the surface of water?
Ans:- Transverse
12 What type of wave is the wave through bulk solid like rock?
Ans:- Longitudinal
13 What type of wave is the wave through a gas?
Ans:- Longitudinal
14 Can electromagnetic waves pass through solid, liquid and gas?
Ans:- Yes
15 Whether a medium is compulsory for an electromagnetic wave like UV
Ans :- No
16 Write equation for velocity of a travelling wave
Ans :- Velocity of travelling wave through a medium is v = νλ

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


17 Let a wave is moving along +X direction, what is the expression for representing it ?
Ans :- Y(x,t) = A sin (kx- ω t+ ϕ )
18 Let a wave is moving along -X direction, what is the expression for representing it?
Ans :- Y(x,t) = A sin (kx+ ω t+ ϕ )
19 Write Newton –Laplace equation in terms of temperature


Ans :- V(sound in gas) =
γ RT
M
20 What are factors effecting velocity of sound?
Ans :- Pressure, temperature, humidity, density, wind
21 A crest and a trough produce........wave
Ans: Transverse wave.
22 A compression and a rarefaction produce.......wave
Ans: Longitudinal.
23 Two wires of same length and thickness are tied between two points with one tightly and the other
loosely. Through which wire velocity of wave will be greater?
Ans: Through tightly connected wire.
24 A wave require a medium for propagation is called.....
Ans: Mechanical wave.
25 Two wires of same length and different thickness are tied between two points with same tension.
Through which wire velocity of wave will be greater?
Ans: Through thin wire.
26 Two wires of same length and thickness,but of different densities are tied between two points with
same tension. Through which wire velocity of wave will be greater?
Ans: Through the wire with lower density
27 Transverse wave will be propagated through a medium having.........
Ans: Rigidity modulus.
28 Transverse wave will be propagated through......
Ans : Solids and liquid surfaces.
29 Ocean wave consist of....... Waves.
Ans: Both transverse and longitudinal.
30 Tuning fork produce.... Waves.
Ans: Longitudinal waves.
31 What is the type of the mechanical wave which can pass through solid, liquid and gas?
Ans: Longitudinal waves
32 What type of wave is the sound wave through air?
Ans: Longitudinal waves
33 What type of wave is the wave on the surface of water?
Ans: Transverse
34 What type of wave is the wave through bulk water?
Ans: Longitudinal

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


35 What type of wave is the wave through bulk solid like rock?
Ans: Longitudinal
36 What type of wave is the wave through bulk solid like rock?
Ans: Longitudinal
37 Can electromagnetic waves pass through solid, liquid and gas?
Ans: Yes
38 What are the types of wave motion?
Ans:- There are two types of wave motion.
1.Transverse wave motion.
2.Longitudinal wave motion
39 What is the relation connecting velocity, frequency and wave length?
Ans: v = l
where v = velocity , = frequency ,l= wavelength
40 What is the relation between period (T) and frequency ( )?
1 1
Ans: T = ν , ν =
T
41 What is meant by frequency of wave motion?
Ans:
Frequency of a wave motion is the number of vibrations made by a particle of the medium in 1
second. Symbol()
Unit→ s-1 = Hz
42 What is meant by period of wave motion?
Ans:-
When a wave motion passes through a medium the particles of the medium execute vibrations.
Time taken by a particle of the medium to execute 1 vibration is called period of wave motion.
Symbol (T)
Unit→second
43 What is meant by wavelength of wave motion?
Ans: Wavelength of wave motion is the distance travelled by the wave motion in the time of 1
vibration.
Symbol (l)
44 What is meant by velocity of wave motion?
Ans: Velocity of wave motion is the distance travelled by the wave motion in one second.
Symbol(v)
Unit→m/s
45 What is the formula for the speed of transverse waves in a string?
v=

T
m
where T is the tension in Newton and m is the linear density (mass/unit length in kg/m). m= pr2r or

ar where r is the radius and a is the area of cross-section and r is the density.
46 What is the general expression for the speed of longitudinal waves in a medium?
Ans: Speed of longitudinal waves in a medium is given by v=

and r is the density of the medium.


√E
ρ
where E is the elasticity of the medium,

47 How does the speed of sound in a gas depend on molecular mass?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:- v=
√ γ RT
M
1
When the temperature is constant, v ∝ .Greater the molecular mass smaller will be the velocity.
√M
48 Arrange the following in increasing order of velocity of sound O2 , H2 , N2 , Cl2
Ans:- Cl2, O2, N2, H2.
49 What is a wave function?
Ans: A wave function is a mathematical expression which represents a moving wave pulse
50 What is the distance between two consecutive nodes?
λ
Ans:
2
51 What is the distance between two consecutive anitnodes?
λ
Ans:
2
52 What is the distance between consecutive node and antinode?
λ
Ans:
4
53 In the case of a string clamped at both the ends what is the ratio of the frequencies of the different modes?
Ans: ν 1 : ν 2 : ν 3 .. . . ν n = 1:2:3: .........n

54 In the case of a string clamped at both the ends, if g1 is the fundamental frequency, what is the frequency of
the nth mode?
Ans: Frequency of nth mode = ν n=n ν 1

55 In the case of a string clamped at both the ends, how many nodes are there in the n th mode?
Ans: (n + 1) nodes
56 In the case of a string clamped at both the ends, how many antinodes are there in the n th mode?
Ans: n antinodes
57 What is the frequency of the nth mode in the case of a closed pipe?
Ans:- Frequency of nth mode ν n ( 2 n−1 ) ν 1

58 In the case of a closed pipe what is the ratio of the frequencies?

Ans: ν 1 : ν 2 : ν 3 .. . .. = 1:3:5: .........

59 In the case of a closed pipe how many nodes are there in the nth mode?
Ans:- n nodes
60 In the case of a closed pipe how many antinodes are there in the nth mode?
Ans:- n antinodes
61 Write down the formula for the fundamental frequency of a closed pipe.
v
Ans:- n = where v = velocity
4l
62 In the case of an open pipe what is the frequency of the n th mode?
Ans:- ν n=n ν 1

63 In the case of an open pipe what is the ratio of frequencies?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:- ν 1 : ν 2 : ν 3 .. .= 1:2:3 : .......

64 In the case of an open pipe how many nodes are there in the n th mode?
Ans:- n nodes
65 In the case of an open pipe how many antinodes are there in the n th mode?
Ans:- (n + 1) antinodes
66 What is the fundamental frequency of the air column in an open pipe?
v
Ans:- n=
2l

Each question scores Two


1 Define wave motion.
Ans:- Wave motion is the propagation of a disturbance from one point in an elastic medium to
another point without the help of the translatory motion of its particles, but by the vibratory motion
of its particles.
2 What are the requisites of a medium for the propagation of wave motion?
Ans:-
1. Medium must be elastic
2. Medium must be capable of storing energy
3. Frictional resistance offered by the medium must be small
3 What is meant by frequency of wave motion?
Ans:- Frequency of a wave motion is the number of vibrations made by a particle of the medium in
1 second. Symbol→ν Unit→s-1 or Hz
4 What are crests & troughs?
Ans: Crests are regions of maximum upward (positive) displacement. Troughs are regions of
maximum downward (negative) displacement
5 What are compressions & rarefactions??
Ans:- Compressions are regions of high pressure. Rarefactions are regions of low pressure.
6 What are electromagnetic waves?
Ans:- Gamma rays, X-rays, Ultraviolet, visible light, IR (thermal radiations) microwaves and radio
waves form the complete spectrum of electromagnetic waves
7 What is a mechanical wave? Give example
Ans : A wave which requires a material medium to propagate
Example :- A wave through a string or spring, sound
8 When a wave is called travelling or progressive?
Ans : A wave is called travelling or progressive when it is unbounded & undamped
9 A woman is hearing a sound of 680 Hz. Calculate the wave length of sound heard by her (speed of
sound in air 340 m/s)
v 340
Ans :- v =  λ λ = ν λ = 680 = 0.5m

10 A travelling wave in +X direction is representing as Y(x,t) = A sin (kx- ω t+ ϕ ).What are


terms A,k, ω , ϕ in it ?
Ans :- A→amplitude

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



k→wave number k=
λ

ω →Angular frequency ω= = 2 πf ϕ→is the Initial phase
T
11 If the tension of a string increases four times, how many times will the velocity increase?
v'
Ans: v ∝ √ T v ∝ √4 T
'
=2
v
'
v =2 v
12 What is the temperature at which the velocity of sound in air is twice the velocity at 0oC?
Ans:- v ∝√T
Case (I) = T=T0 =0oC = 273K
v ∝ √273 --------- (1)
Case (II) T =? Velocity = 2v
2 v ∝ √T ----------- (2)
2v
v
=

T
273

2=
√T
273
T
4=
273
T = 4 x 273 K
13 Give general equation for velocity of a sound wave or longitudinal wave through a medium ?
Ans :-

V=
E
ρ√
Where E→ modulus of elasticity of medium
ρ → Density of medium
14 Write equation for velocity of a sound wave or longitudinal wave through a solid ,

Ans :- V(sound in solid) =


Y
ρ


Where Y young’s modulus
15 Write expression for velocity of a sound wave or longitudinal wave through a liquid


Ans: V(sound in liquid) =
B
ρ
Where B→ bulk modulus

16 Write newton–laplace equation

Ans :- V(sound in gas) =


√γP
ρ
Where γ → specific heat ratio P→ pressure ρ → Density of medium
17 How pressure is effected on velocity of sound

Ans :- We know that V(sound in gas) =


γP
ρ √
At constant temperature

So velocity of sound is independent on pressure


P
ρ
= constant

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


18 In dry air velocity of sound is larger than in humid air , true/ false justify?
Ans :- False because

We know that

V(sound in gas) =
γP
ρ
1
at constant pressure Vα
√ρ
Density of dry air is greater than density of moist air, So velocity of sound in moist or humid air is
greater than velocity of sound in dry air
19 Frequency is the most fundamental property of Wave, Why?
Ans. When a wave passes through different media, velocity and wavelength change but frequency
does not change.
20 Which property of the medium are responsible for propagation of Waves through it?
Ans. Properties of elasticity and inertia.
21 A transverse wave travels along x-axis. The particles of the medium must move in Which direction?
Ans. In the y-z plane or in plane perpendicular to x-axis.
22 The speed of sound does not depend upon its frequency. Give an example in support of this
statement.
Ans. If sounds are produced by different musical instruments simultaneously, then all these sounds
are heard at the same time.
23 Why does sound travel faster in iron than in Water or air?
Ans. Sound travel faster in iron or solids because iron or solid is highly elastic as compared to
water (liquids) or air (gases).
24 What is the nature of the thermal change in air, when a sound wave propagates through it?
Ans. When the sound wave travel through air adiabatic changes take place in the medium.
25 Given below are some functions of x and t to represent the displacement (transverse or
longitudinal) of an elastic wave. State which of these represent (i) a travelling wave, (ii) a
stationary wave or (iii) none at all

Ans:
a) The given equation represents stationary wave because the harmonic therms kx and ωt appear
separately in the equation
b) The given equation does not contain any harmonic term. Therefore, it does not represent either a
travelling wave or a stationary wave
c) The given equation represents a travelling wave as the harmonic terms kx and ωt are in the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


combination of kx-ωt
d) The given equation represents a stationary wave because the harmonic terms kx and ωt appear
separately in the equation. This equation actually represents the superposition of two stationary
waves
26 Explosions on other planets are not heard on earth. Why?

Ans: This is because no material medium is present over a long distance between earth and planets
and is absence of material medium for propagation, sound waves cannot travel.
27 The equation of a transverse wave travelling on a rope is given by y=10sinπ × (0.01x - 2.00t) where
y and x are in cm and t in seconds. Calculate The maximum transverse speed of a particle in the
rope
Ans: given A = 10 cm
ω = 2π
Maximum particle Speed = Aω
= 10 x 2 π
= 62.8 cm/s
28 Why longitudinal waves are called pressure waves?
Ans. Because propagation of longitudinal waves through a medium, involves changes in pressure
and volume of air, when compressions and rarefactions are formed.
29 Why longitudinal waves are called pressure waves?
Ans. Because propagation of longitudinal waves through a medium, involves changes in pressure
and volume of air, when compressions and rarefactions are formed.
30 Velocity of sound increases on a cloudy day. Why?
Ans. Since on a cloudy day, the air is wet i.e. it contains a lot of moisture, As a result of which the
density of air is less and since velocity is inversely proportioned to density, hence velocity
increases.
31 What are the requisites of a medium for the propagation of wave motion?
Ans:-
1.Medium must be elastic
2. Medium must be capable of storing energy
3. Frictional resistance offered by the medium must be small
32 Derive the relation connecting velocity, wavelength and frequency.
Ans:- Let T be the period, l the wave length,  the frequency and v the velocity.
Distance travelled in a time T=l
λ
\Distance travelled in 1 second =
T
But distance travelled in
1 second = velocity = v
λ
\ v=
T
1
But = 
T
\ v = l
33 What are mechanical waves? Give examples.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans: Waves which require a medium are called mechanical waves.
Examples:- Waves on the surface of water, waves on a string, sound waves through air.
34 What is Newton's formula for the speed of sound in a gas?
Ans: According to Newton, sound waves pass through air under isothermal conditions.

∴ E=E ISO V=
√ E ISO
ρ

But E ISO =P , the initial pressure

\ v=
√ P
ρ
This is known as Newton's formula for velocity of sound in a gas.
Po
Velocity at STP, v 0= .
ρ0
The value of vo was calculated. It was found to be less than the experimentally observed value. A correction
was suggested by Laplace.
35 What are the factors affecting the speed of sound in a gas?
Ans:- The factors to be considered are
(1) pressure (2) temperature (3) humidity (4) density (5) wind
36 How does the speed of sound in a gas depend on pressure?
Ans: v=
γP
ρ √where g is the ratio of sp.heats ,P is the pressure and r is the density of the gas.
Let v1 be the velocity when the pressure is P 1 and density is r1

v1 =
√ γP 1
ρ1
… (1)

Let v2 be the the velocity when the pressure is P 2 and density is r2

v 2=
√ γP2
ρ2
….(2)

But by Boyle's law,


P1 P2
=
ρ1 ρ2
From eq. (1) and (2) v1 = v2
Thus velocity of sound in a gas is independent of change of pressure if temperature remains constant.
37 What is Laplace's formula for the speed of sound in a gas?
Ans:
According to Laplace, sound waves pass through air under adiabatic conditions.
∴ E=E adia

v=
√ E adia
ρ
But Eadia = gP where g is the ratio of sp. heats and P is the initial pressure.

v=
√ γP
ρ
This is known as Newton-Laplace formula.
38 Why is sound heard louder during night?
Ans: Two reasons:
The background sound disappears

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


During night, the earth cools by radiation. The layer of air at the bottom of the atmosphere will be cold while
the air in the upper region will be hot. Therefore velocity of sound in upper layers is greater than velocity of
sound in lower layers, so that the waves originally travelling parallel to the ground will be returned to the
ground, thereby increasing the sound energy reaching the ground.
39 How does the speed of sound in a gas depend on humidity?
Ans:- Velocity of sound in dry air

( v )dry =
√ γP
( ρ )dry
Velocity of sound in moist air

( v )moist =
√ γP
( ρ )moist
( ρ )moist air < ( ρ )dry air
( v) moist air .  ( v) dry air

Velocity of sound in moist air is greater than velocity of sound in dry air. This is the reason why sound of a
train is heard louder soon after a rain.
40 How does the speed of sound in a gas depend on wind?
Ans:
The velocity of sound in air increases in the direction of wind and decreases in the opposite
direction of wind.
vw  v  w
where v is the velocity in the absence of wind. v w is the velocity in the presence of wind and w is
the velocity of wind. When sound travels from a medium to another, the frequency does not change.
Velocity changes.
\Wave length changes.
41 Does the velocity of sound in a gas depend on the frequency?
Ans:- No. v=
E
ρ √
Velocity of sound in a medium depends on the properties of the medium.
The equation v = l tells us how the wavelength changes when the velocity changes.
42 What is the formula for the speed of longitudinal waves in a solid?
Ans:- In the case of longitudinal waves in solids, v=
where
√Y
ρ

Y = Young's modulus
r = density
43 What is meant by infrasonic vibration? Give example.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:- Sound of frequency less than 20 Hz is known as infrasonic sound
eg:- Vibrations of a simple pendulum.
44 What is meant by ultrasonic sound?
Ans:-Sound of frequency greater than 20,000Hz is known as ultrasonic sound. Ultrasonic sound
cannot be heard by human ear. But bats can produce and hear ultrasonic sound.
45 What is the meaning of the term supersonic?
Ans:- The word supersonic does not refer to frequency, but it refers to velocity greater than velocity
of sound in air. Example for supersonic objects are
(1) Supersonic jetplanes (concord)
(2) bullet
46 What is meant by hypersonic objects?
Ans:- Hypersonic means speed more than 5 times the speed of sound.
47 What are the uses of ultrasonic sound?
Ans:-
1. Cleaning fine fabrics, delicate parts of watches etc.
2. To measure depth of the sea (sonar)
3. To produce heating effect
4. To drill holes in metals
5. To detect cracks in metals
6. For emulsification
7. Soldering
8. To reduce pain
9. Scanning internal organs
10. In bloodless surgery
11. Sterilization of water and milk
12.To produce anaesthesia for small creatures like frog.
48 What is meant by acoustics?
Ans:-
The branch of Physics which deals with the process of generation, reception and propagation of
sound is known as acoustics. This branch has many fields and is closely related to engineering.
Some of the important fields of acoustics are
1. Design of acoustical instruments
2. Electro acoustics- the branch relating to the method of sound production and recording.
3. Architectural acoustics-Architectural acoustics deals with the design and construction of
buildings, recording rooms in radio stations and T.V. stations and auditoriums. In general, it deals
with the behaviour of sound in a closed space.
49 What are the applications of Doppler effect?
Ans: 1. To detect over speed of vehicles
2. To track satellites
3. To track aeroplanes and determine their speed
4. Doppler effect in light is used to understand the nature of Saturn's rings and rotation of the
Sun.
50 What are the limitations of Doppler effect?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:-
1. It is not applicable when the source is moving at right angles to the line to sight.
2. It is not applicable when the source or listener is moving at a speed greater than speed of sound.
51 A tuning fork has a frequency 256 Hz. If the speed of sound in air is 350 m/s, what is the wavelength?
Ans:- v=nλ
v 350 m/s
λ= = =1.37 m
n 256 s−1
52 If the speed of sound in air is 330 m/s what is the speed at 20 oC?
Ans:- Speed at 20oC = speed at 0o+ 20´0.61 m/s
= 330 + 20 ´ 0.61 m/s
= 342.2 m/s
53 Sound gets reflected at the boundary of large and rough objects. Why?
Ans:-
Sound waves get reflected at the boundary of large and rough objects while light ray gets reflected,
according to the laws of reflection only from highly polished surfaces. This is because the
wavelength of light is small while that of sound is large.
54 What are stationary waves?
Ans:-When two sound wave trains of the same wavelength, amplitude and phase travel along the
same region in opposite directions at the same time, the resulting wave is called a stationary wave.
At some points the amplitude of vibration will be zero. They are known as nodes. At some points
the amplitude of vibration will be maximum. They are known as antinodes. Formation of stationary
waves is a consequence of superposition. It is called stationary waves because energy remains
stationary in the medium because of the presence of nodes which are points of zero vibration.
55 In the case of a string clamped at both the ends what is the formula for the frequency of the
fundamental?
Ans: Fundamental frequency
v
ν 1= (1)
2ℓ
But v =
T
m √
where T = tension, m = linear density (mass per unit length)

\ ν 1=
1 T

2ℓ m
(2)

56 If the fundamental frequency is x what is the frequency of the n th harmonic?


Ans: Frequency of the nth harmonic = n times the fundamental frequency
1st harmonic = fundamental itself
2nd harmonic = 2 times fundamental
3rd harmonic = 3 times fundamental
57 If the frequency is to be doubled by how much should the tension be changed?
Ans: n µ √ T 2n µ √ T
'

Divide 2=
'
T =4 T

T'
T
4=
T'
T

To double the frequency, the tension is to be made 4 times.


58 . What are the characteristics of a moving wave or progressive wave?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:-
1. All particles execute simple harmonic motion of the same frequency or period
2. Different particles have different phases at the same time, because x is different for different
particles.
59 When a wave is incident on a flexible boundary what happens?
Ans: Both reflection and transmission takes place. Reflected wave will have the same velocity.
Transmitted wave will have different velocity
60 Explain the term closed pipe and open pipe.
Ans:
A closed pipe is a pipe open at one end and closed at the other

An open pipe is a pipe open at both the ends.

61 Explain the formation of stationary waves in a closed pipe

Ans:- Consider a wave being produced at the open end. It travels to the other end and gets reflected. The
incident wave and the reflected wave superpose and form stationary waves. The closed end always
represents a node. The open end always represents an antinode.
62 An open pipe and a closed pipe have the same fundamental frequency. What is the ratio of their lengths?
v v
Ans:- n c = n0 =
4l 2 l0
But n c =n0
v v
\ = 4 l c =2 l 0
4 l c 2l 0
lc 1
=
l0 2
63 An open pipe and a closed pipe have the same length. What is the ratio of the fundamental frequency?
v
Ans:- Closed pipe n c =
4l
v
Open pipe n0 =
2l
n c v 2l 1
= × =
n0 4 l v 2
64 If a progressive wave represented by


y= A sin ( vt−x )
λ
is 80% reflected at a rigid boundary, what is the equation representing the reflected wave?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



Ans:- Incident wave y= A sin ( vt−x )
λ
' 2π
Reflected wave y =−( 0 .8 A ) sin ( vt + x )
λ
65 Are stationary waves transverse or longitudinal?
Ans:- Stationary waves can be transverse or longitudinal.
Stationary waves on a string are transverse. Stationary waves in a gas column are longitudinal.
66 What is the maximum number of beats which the human ear can hear?
Ans:- The human ear cannot distinguish more than 10 beats per second. It is because the relaxation time for
1
the ear is seconds.
10

Each question scores Three


1 Distinguish between longitudinal wave and transverse wave ?
Ans :-
Transverse wave
A wave in which particles vibrate in perpendicular direction of its propagation
They produce crest and trough as shown below.

Region with positive displacement of particles is called crest and region with negative
displacement of particles is called trough
They can be polarized
Eg: a wave through a string, light wave
Longitudinal wave
A wave in which particle vibrate in parallel of its propagation
They produces compressions and rarefactions as shown below

Region with high pressure in medium is called compressions and Region with low pressure in
medium is called rarefaction They can’t be polarized
Eg: a wave through a spring, sound wave
2 A transverse harmonic wave on a string is described by y(x,t) = 3.0 sin (36t + 0.018x + π/4) where x
and y are in cm. and t in s. The positive direction of x is from left to right.

a)Is it is travelling or stationary wave?


b)What is the initial phase at the origin?
c)What are its amplitude and frequency?
d)If it is a travelling wave, what are the speed and direction of its propagation?

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans :
a) Travelling
b) π
4
c) Amplitude of the wave, A = 3 cm
and frequency, ω =2 π f
ω 36
f= = = 5.73 Hz
2π 2π

d) v = f λ k=0.018

k=
λ
2π 2× 3.14
λ= == = 348.88 cm =3.48 m
k 0.018
v=fλ v = 5.73 × 3.48 = 19.94 m/s

3 A wave travelling along a string is described by, y ( x ,t )=0.005 sin (80.0 x−3.0 t ) in which all the
numerical constants are in SI units. Calculate the wavelength and frequency of the wave.
Ans : k= 80

k=
λ
2π 2× 3.14
λ= = = 0.078m
k 80
ω=3 ω=2 π f
3
3=2 π f f= = 0.477 Hz

4 Give equation for Velocity of transverse wave through a string?
Ans :-

Where
V=
T

ml
T→ tension force on string
M
ml→ mass per length ml = (linear mass density)
l
5 If the velocity of transverse waves is to be doubled, how many times should you increase the
tension?
Ans:- If the velocity is to be doubled the tension is to be made 4 times.
Proof : v ∝ √T …(1)
2v  √T 1 … (2)


1
(2 ) T
=2=
(1 ) T
T1
4=
T
1
T = 4T
6 A steel wire has a length of 12.0 m and a mass of 2.10 kg. What is the tension in the wire if speed
of a transverse wave on the wire is 343 ms–1

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans :-


T T
V= so v2 =
ml ml
2
T = v × ml
2.10
T=(343)2 × =20588 N
12
7 According to newton formation of compressions and rarefactions in medium when sound
propagation is an………………….( isothermal/adiabatic ) process, later it was corrected by
………………….(galileo/laplace) as ……………………………..(isothermal/adiabatic ) process
Ans : isothermal,laplace ,adiabatic
8 If an explosion takes place at the bottom of lake or sea, will the shock waves in Water be
longitudinal or transverse?
Ans. Explosion at the bottom of lake or sea create enormous increase in pressure of medium
(water). A shock Wave is thus a longitudinal wave travelling at a speed which is greater than that of
ordinary Wave.
9 How does the speed of sound in a gas depend on temperature?
Ans:-

v=
√ γP
ρ
where g is the ratio of sp. heats
P is the pressure, r is the density.
M
But ρ= where M is the molar mass and V is the molar volume.
V
v=

γ PV
M
But PV = RT

v=
vµ T
M√√
γ RT

Thus velocity of sound in a gas is directly proportional to square root of absolute temperature.
Let be v 0 the velocity at 0o ie. 273 K.

v o ∝ √ 273 ... (1)

Let Vt be the velocity at toC. ie. (273 + t) K.


v t ∝ √ 273+t …(2)


vt 273+t
=
v0 273

v t =v 0
√ 273+t
273

v 0=v t
√ 273
273+t
= 331.61 m/s

Thus velocity of sound in air increased by 0.61 m/s for every degree rise of temperature. Velocity at
30oC = 331+0.61´30 = 349.3 m/s

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


10 What are the frequency limits of audibility? What are the corresponding wavelengths?
Ans:-
For the vibrations of a body to be heard as sound, the frequency must be between 20Hz and 20,000Hz. 20Hz
is known as lower limit of audibility. 20000Hz is known as upper limit of audibility. The wavelength
corresponding to these limits can be calculated as follows:
Upper limit of audibility:
v=ν λ
v 330
λ= ν = =0 . 0165 m
20 , 000
Lower limit of audibility:
v 330
λ= ν = =16 .5 m
20
11 What is meant by Doppler effect? Give example
Ans: Consider a source of sound at rest producing sound of frequency . Consider a person at rest a distance
from the source. Then he receives  waves in one second and judges the pitch of the sound as  itself.
Suppose the source or the person is in motion. Then the pitch of the sound as judged by the person will be
different from the actual pitch.
This apparent change of pitch of a sound due to the relative motion of the source or the listener or both is
known as Doppler effect. The difference between the actual pitch and the apparent pitch is known as
Doppler shift.
If the source moves towards the listener or the listener moves towards the source the apparent pitch will
increase. If the source moves away from the listener or the listener moves away from the source the apparent
pitch will decrease.
Example for Doppler effect : Consider a person standing near a railway track. Suppose a high speed train
crosses him with the whistle blowing. He will observe that the pitch of the whistle after crossing, is less than
the pitch of the whistle before crossing.
12 The fundamental frequency of an open pipe is f. If it is half dipped into water, what will be the frequency?
Ans:- Consider an open pipe of length l .

v
f=
2l

When it is half dipped in water it becomes a closed pipe of length ( l/2 )

v v
f '= =
ℓ 2ℓ
4
2
13 What are the characteristics of a moving wave?

Ans: Equation for a moving wave is y= A sin ( vt±x )
λ
1. Every particle has the same amplitude A.
2. Every paticle has the same frequency

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


3. The phase is different for different particles at same instant of time. This is because x is different for
different particles.
4. The wave profile or wave form repeats at intervals of l
5. The displacement, velocity and acceleration of two particles separated by one wave length will be the
same at any instant.
6. The wave continuously moves forward \Energy and momentum are transferred.
These are known as the characteristics of moving waves.
14 Explain the term beats.
Ans:
When two harmonic waves of nearly equal frequencies from two sources travel through the same medium
and superpose with each other, the intensity of the resultant sound at any point in the medium through which
the waves travel rise and fall at regular intervals of time. This increase and decrease of intensity of sound is
called beats. One increase and decrease constitutes a beat.
The number of beats heard per second is called beat frequency. Beat frequency is found to be equal to the
difference in frequency. If 1 and 2 are the frequencies of harmonic waves, then beat frequency = ν 1−ν 2
or ν 2−ν 1

Each question scores Four


1 What is the explanation given by newton for velocity of sound in a gas? explain with related
equation?
Ans :- According to Newton, formation of compressions and rarefactions in medium when sound
propagation is an isothermal process

So isothermal elasticity (E) = pressure(P)


E=P
V Sound ingas=
In STP
√ P
ρ

P = 1 atm = 1.013 ×105 pa


ρ=1.29 kg/m3
By substituting
V (sound in gas )= 280 m/s
This theoretical value is 15 % lower than experimental value of velocity of sound in air. it was
corrected by Laplace through his explanation
2 What was correction made by laplace in newtons equation
Ans :- According to Laplace, formation of compressions and rarefactions in medium when sound
propagation is a quick adiabatic process
So adiabatic elasticity E = γ P
Where γ →specific heat ratio in gas

Then V(sound in gas) =


√γP
ρ

In STP γ=1.4
P= 1 atm = 1.013 ×105 pa
3
ρ=1.29 kg/m
By substituting
V(sound in gas)= 330 m/s This theoretical value is same as experimental value of velocity of sound
in air. This equation is called Newton’s Laplace equation
3 Obtain the general expression for apparent frequency in Doppler effect. Discuss the five cases.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


Ans:- Consider a source of sound producing sound of frequency , velocity v and wavelength l. Then v =
v
ν=
λ
Consider a person at rest at a distance from the source. He measures the frequency as , velocity as v and
wavelength as  itself. Suppose the source moves with velocity us towards the observer. The distance
covered by sound in 1 second = v.
Distance covered by source in 1 second = us
Relative distance covered = v-us
In this distance there will be  waves. Therefore the wave separation
v−u
ν '= ν .
Waves having this separation will be moving past the observer. If he is moving with velocity u l the direction
of the sound, then he will observe only the number of waves in the distance v-u l. The number of waves in
'
v−u ℓ v−u ℓ
this distance is ν = =
λ'
( v−u
ν )
s

( )
v−uℓ
ν ' =ν
v−u s
This is the general equation for apparent frequency in Doppler effect.
Note:-
1) The source produces the first wave when it is at A and the wave when it is at C. The first wave
reaches B in one second. So there will be waves in the distance CB.
2) The person is at D when the first wave reaches D. The person starts moving. At the end of 1
second the first wave is at E and the person is at F. So the person can measure only those waves in
the distance FE = v–ul.
Sign Convention
The direction in which the sound travels from the source to the listener is taken as positive. All
velocities in this direction are taken as positive. All velocities in the opposite direction are taken as
negative.
Case 1:- Listener at rest and the source moving towards the listener
ul = 0 us is +ve

ν ' =ν
( )
v−0
v−us
ν ' =ν
( )
v
v−u s
'
v-us is less than v. Therefore ν is greater than . The apparent pitch increases
v
Doppler shift =ν ' −ν =ν −ν
v−u s

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram



( v
v−u s
−1
)
us

v−u s

Case 2 :- Listener at rest and source moving away. ul = 0 us is negative

ν ' =ν
( ( ))
v−0
v− −u s

ν '= ν
( ) v
v+us

The apparent pitch decreases.

The Doppler shift ν −ν '


v
=ν −ν
v+u s


[ v +u s −v
v +us ]
( )
us

v+u s

Case 3: Source at rest and listener moving away.


us = 0 ul = positive

ν ' =ν
[ ] [ ]
v−u ℓ
v−us

v−u ℓ
v−0

ν ' =ν
'
[ ]
v−u ℓ
v
ν is less than . Apparent pitch decreases

v−u ℓ
ν −ν ' =ν −ν
v
uℓ
ν −ν ' =ν
v
So the shift is directly proportional to the velocity of the observer.
Case 4
Source at rest and listener moving towards source us = 0
ul is negative.

ν ' =ν ( )
v+uℓ
v
¢ is greater than 

Apparent pitch increases.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


'
Shift ν −ν =ν ( )ν
v +u ℓ
v
− =ν
uℓ
v

Thus shift is directly proportional to the velocity of the observed.


Case 5:- The above derivation was based on the assumption that medium through which sound
travels was at rest. If there is a wind the medium will have a velocity w. Then v becomes v±w .

Then the general expression will be c ν ' =ν


[
( v±w )−uℓ
( v±w )−u s ]
4 Describe the different modes of vibration of a stretched string clamped at both the ends.
Ans:-A string clamped at both the ends can vibrate in different modes. The first mode is called fundamental.
It has nodes at the two ends and an antinode at the centre. Its frequency is called fundamental frequency and
it is the lowest frequency which the string can produce

λ1
=l λ 1=2 l
2
Lowest frequency (fundamental frequency)
v v
ν 1= =
λ1 2 ℓ

2 λ2
=ℓ
2
λ 2=2 ℓ

Frequency of second mode ν 2=


v v
= =2
λ2 ℓ
v
2ℓ( )
=2ν 1

3 λ3
=ℓ
2
2ℓ
λ 3=
3

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


v v
Frequency of 3rd mode ν 3= =
λ3
( )
2ℓ
3
=3 ( 2vℓ )=3ν 1

5 What are the modes of vibration of the air column in a closed pipe?
Ans:- The air column in a closed pipe can vibrate in different modes. In all modes the closed end is a node
and the open end is an antinode. In between there may or may not be nodes and antinodes depending on the
mode of vibration.

λ1
=ℓ
4
λ 1=4 l

v v
Fundamental frequency ν 1= =
λ1 4 l

3 λ2
=l
4
4l
λ 2=
3
v
Frequency of 2nd mode ν 2=
λ2

=
v
=3
v
( )
=3 ν 1
( )
4l
3
4l

5 λ3 4l
=l λ 3=
4 5
Frequency of 3rd mode
ν 3=
v
=
v
=5
v
( )
=5 ν 1
λ3
( )
4l
5
4l

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


6 Describe the different modes of vibration of an open pipe.
Ans:- The air column in an open pipe can vibrate in a number of modes. In all cases the open ends represent
antinodes. In between them there may be one or more nodes, depending on the mode of vibration.

λ1
=l λ 1=2 l
2
v v
Fundamental frequency ν 1= =
λ1 2 l

2 λ2
=l λ 2=l
2

Frequency of 2nd mode


v v
ν 2= = =2
λ2 l
v
2l ( )
=2 ν 1

λ3 2l
3 =ℓ λ 3=
2 3
Frequency of 3rd mode
ν 3=
v
=
v
=3
v
( )
=3 ν 1
λ3
( )
2l
3
2l

7 Explain how beats are formed?


Ans:-
Each source produces its own condensations and rarefactions. At a point if the condensations due to
the two waves reach at the same time, the resultant amplitude will be A1+A2 and the resultant
intensity will be (A1+A2)2 which is a maximum.
Imax µ (A1+A2)2
After some time the condensation due to one source and the rarefaction due to the other reach at the

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


same time. Then the resultant amplitude will be A1 - A2 and the intensity will (A1-A2)2.
This is a minimum
\ Imin µ (A1 - A2)2
After an interval of time the rarefactions due to the two waves reach at the same time. Then the
resultant amplitude will (-A1 -A2) = - (A1+A2). The intensity will be proportional to (A1+A2)2
which is a maximum. This explains how intensity of sound increases and decreases at regular
intervals.

v
1st mode, fundamental r1 =
4l
AN
N
1
4
2nd mode, 1st overtone
3rd harmonic r2= 3r1

AN AN
N N
32
4
3rd mode, 2nd overtone,
5th harmonic r3= 5r1

AN AN AN
N N 
53
4

1st Mode : n = 1, l = l1
ν =ν 1

2π l
λ1
=1 ()
π
2
= λ 1=
v
λ1

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram


v
ν 1= It is called fundamental or 1st harmonic or pitch of the tone.
4l
2nd Mode : n = 2, l= l2 = 2
2π l π π
=( 2×2−1 ) =3
λ2 2 2

λ 2=
4l
3
v
ν 2= =3
λ2
v
4l ( )
ν 2=3 ν 1 Frequency of 2nd mode is 3 times the fundamental.

3rd Mode : n = 3, l= l3 = 3
2π l π π
=( 2×3−1 ) =5
λ3 2 2

λ 3=
4l
5
λ 3=
4l
5
ν 3=
v
λ3 ( )
=5
v
4l

ν 3=5 ν 1=5 times the fundamental. The frequencies are in the ratio ν 1 : ν 2 : ν 3 =1 : 3 : 5 .

In general ν n=( 2n−1 )ν 1 .

2. Open Pipe : A pipe open at both the ends is known as an open pipe. Consider an open pipe of
length l. If a harmonic wave is produced at one end, it travels through the gas column in the pipe
and gets reflected at the other open end.

Prepared by Higher Secondary Physics Teachers Association Malappuram

You might also like